Serial Bus Analysis Function - Electro
Contents
1. 12C CAN Type 12C Ly Type Le Select Analog Logic i S ci be 2 Ba Fo Items displayed on the aoe Select this check box to set o a Fle DL9500 DL9700 Series eia Auto Setup any bit rate in the given Exec TRIGGER SEARCH Leng range D DECODE OER 1 g SEARCH ae oons Set the bit rate level e user Leveys mme 12C Levels Level 0 007 hysteresis recessive level o SDA CH2 ae a and sample point A Level Recessive H L g Set the level and Hys 0 6div Sample Point 62 5 J 5 hysteresis of the SDA zang and SCL sources Level 0 0 Hys 0 6div LIN SPI Type Type spl Efe Source CHL Select analog Logic tems displayed on the TRIGGER Mode 3 wire 4wire i Pian atose A Sena DL9500 DL9700 Series SEARCH Data CH2 ig TRIGGER Bitrate 19200 bps gt i DECODE Auto Setup SPI Level Hys Pol see Set the bit rate level ee Exec Level 9 00 hysteresis sample point fi Sica Hys 0 6div and revision F Levelrys Pol p La Sample Point 50 0 Bit Order2. L Found point 5 10 IM 701310 51E 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 5 in section 5 1 to set the search type to CAN 2 Press the Setup soft key The Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Mode 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab CAN Search Setup ee Setup Search Type Condition Source Mode r E Condition Hi Source Setup 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the mode from SOF to ID Ext Data seu Condition Source Condition Mode u Source Error Frame ID Std Data ID Ext Data Proceed to the steps on the pages indicated below according to the selected mode e SOF Step 12 on page 5 14 Error Frame Step 12 on page 5 14 e ID Std Data Step 5 on page 5 12 ID Ext Data Step 5 on page 5 12 ii a IM 701310 51E 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals When the Mode Is ID Std Data or ID Ext Data This section will explain the procedure using ID Std Data mode as an example The procedure is the same for ID Ext Data mode e Setting the ID Bit Pattern Search Condition 5 Use the rotary knob and SE
3. Command Function Page SEARcCh lt x gt SPIBus CS Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal 7 74 search SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal search 7 74 or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal search or queries the 7 74 current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal search setup 7 74 SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting 7 75 BITorder SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal search 7 75 DATA lt x gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the number of bytes of the data of the SPI bus signal search or queries 7 75 DATA lt x gt BYTE the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the determination method match or not match of the data ofthe SPI 7 75 DATA lt x gt CONDition bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the SPI bus signal 7 75 DATA lt x gt DPOSition search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the numb
4. Command Function Page SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the logic 7 63 SETup SBHSmode IC bus signal search SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the type of start byte and high speed mode of the logic IC bus signal 7 63 SETup SBHSmode TYPE search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal search 7 63 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic LIN bus signal search 7 63 SETup SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search break length or queries the current 7 64 SETup BLENgth setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal search or 7 64 SETup BRATe queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Queries all settings related to the data of the logic LIN bus signal search 7 64 SETup DATA SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the number of bytes of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the 7 64 SETup DATA BNUM current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the data byte order of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the 7 64 SETup DATA BORDer current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the data condition of the logic LIN bus s
5. J 123456789 123456789 Select the 12C trigger mode from Every Start ADR amp DATA NON ACK General Call and Start Byte HS Mode Every Start Mode When a start condition is detected the DL9000 triggers on the falling edge of the SDA signal Start condition Y SDA s TLL z Triggers here ADR amp DATA Mode When the address and data values match the DL9000 triggers on the falling edge of the 9th SCL signal clock Start condition Y SDA SCL AL 123456789 be OE OO a Triggers here Address Acknowledge bits 7 Address and R W bits gt 4 Data byte Stop condition You can set the address type to 7bit Address 7bit Sub Address or 10bit Address Set the address pattern in hexadecimal or binary notation The address trigger condition is met when the specified address pattern matches the input signal address pattern If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status If a binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be IM 701310 51E Bun
6. Setting the Data Search Condition 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the mode to ON or OFF Select ON to use the data as a search condition Select OFF to not use it as a search condition If you select OFF proceed to step 10 on page 5 7 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the condition to True or False set Pos Mode to X or Select and set the position and size 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Data Data Pattern Mode OFF fon A Condition True False X X X y Hexadecimal Pos Mode x Select Eiki xxl kixi xxx Binary Position O byte Size 4 byte K eK aig eK x oe kk oe z X x P lt Px kk Ld Set the data pattern hexadecimal Proceed to step 10 on page 5 7 a 5 5 IM 701310 51E 5 2 Searching I2C Bus Signals When the Mode Is NON ACK 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select whether or not to ignore these Nack bits Start Byte HS Mode and Read Access The Nack bits whose check box is selected will not be used as search conditions
7. TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus RECessive Function Syntax Example Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus RECessive HIGH Low TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus RECessive lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS RECESSIVE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH 7 92 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus RTR Function Syntax Example Sets the RTR of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus RTR DATA DONTcare REMote TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus RTR lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS RTR DATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS RTR gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS RTR DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus SOURce Function Syntax Example Sets the trigger source of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT
8. SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the logic I2C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS HEXA DE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining
9. TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE Function Sets the number of bytes of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION FALS
10. 7ADdress PATTern lt String gt EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus 7ADdress PATTern Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 7 94 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA lt String gt
11. Data Dec 255 290 ig Litte Sign Sign Unsign Byte Order Bi ACK Yes Set Not set Data Pattern Hexadecimal Binary gt Setting the ACK Search Condition 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the ACK condition from Don t care to NON ACK or ACK If you select Don t care it will not be used as a search condition Data Between Data Dec 255 290 Byte Order Big Litte Sign Sign Unsign MSB LSB 63 0 ACK NON ACK ACK NON ACK or ACK Proceed to step 12 on page 5 14 IM 701310 51E a 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point Level Hysteresis and Recessive Level 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab Setting the Bit Rate and Sample Point 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 1Mbps to 33 3kbps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 10 0kbps to 1 000Mbps using the rotary knob and SET 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point from 18 8
12. IM 701310 51E 7 129 bas spuewwoy uolnesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa Function Queries all settings related to the address of the logic C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ADATA gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address Function Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT10address Example TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L BIT1OADDRESS gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA Function Sets the 10 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 3 characters by combining
13. SPI e Number of Analyzable Data Values Up to 40000 bytes 20000 bytes before and after the analysis reference point e Simple Display No Analysis Number Data 1 H Data 1 in hexadecimal notation Data 2 H Data 2 in hexadecimal notation CS Displays the CS status For a description of these items see Detail Display Detail Display No Analysis Number Negative numbers are assigned to frames before the analysis reference point and positive numbers are assigned to frames after the reference point The DL9000 can display the analysis result numbers from 19999 to 20000 up to 40000 data bytes Pressing the RESET key highlights data number zero Time ms Displays the time from the trigger position to the head of the byte in milliseconds Data 1 B Displays data 1 in binary notation Data 1 H Displays data 1 in hexadecimal notation Data 2 B Displays data 2 in binary notation Data 2 H Displays data 2 in hexadecimal notation CS Displays the CS status S P Indicates the active period by displaying S for the start position and P for the stop position Simple display No Data CS 80 00 H Pao 81 00 H Detail display 82 0 H 83 00 H 80 0 336344 00000000 00 H 34 o0 H 81 0 344344 00000000 00 H 35 o0 H 82 0 352344 00000000 00 H 36 o0 H 83 0 360344 00000000 00 H 37 c4 H 84 0 368344 00000000 00 H 33 A9 H 0 37634
14. TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the I C bus signal trigger 7 123 TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus CLOCk Sets the clock channel of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 123 SOURce setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA Queries all settings related to the data of the I C bus signal trigger 7 123 TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA Sets the number of data bytes of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the 7 124 BYTE current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the 1 C 7 124 CONDition bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the I C bus signal trigger 7 124 DPOSition or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA Sets the data of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 124 HEXA lt x gt TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA Enables Disables the data conditions of the I C bus signal trigger or queries 7 124 MODE the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA Sets the data of the IC bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the 7 124 PATTern lt x gt current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the C bus 7 124 PMODe signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA Sets the data
15. ACTive HIGH Low ALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS ACTive lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH ALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS TRACe Function Sets the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Cs TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt NONE ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Cs TRACe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS TRACE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS TRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt NONE can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt NONE can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each data of the logic SPI bus signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt of LSBus lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x g
16. Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 61 spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCALI1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCALI1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 7 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Function Sets the second byte type of the general call of the logic I2C bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCALI1 SBYTe BIT7maddress DONTcare H04 H06 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCALI1 SBYTe lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BI
17. Example gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS ACK DONTCARE BRATE 1000000 DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111001010110010001111000100100 1100101010001000010001111111111010 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 000000010010001101000101011001 1110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 11010101111001101111011110000 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00100100011 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111111101101110010111010100110 0001110110010101000011001000010000 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN rs 10010001101000101011001111000 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 IDSTD PATTERN 10001010110 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 MODE 0 TRIGger Function or Syntax Example EN
18. Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp CSUM lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP CSUM Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp DATA Function Executes a field jump to the Data Field in the results of the logic LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP DATA Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp IDENtifier Function Executes a field jump to the Identifier Field in the results of the logic LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp IDENtifier lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP IDENTIFIER Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp SYNCh Function Executes a field jump to the Synch Field in the results of the logic LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp SYNCh lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP SYNCH Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9
19. 7 78 IM 701310 51E 7 5 SERialbus Group SERialbus Function Queries all settings related to the serial bus setup Syntax SERialbus Example SERIALBUS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 RECESSIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS CLOCK 1 DTRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1 3 TRACE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 S aN PIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH RACE 3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 0000000E 00 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE2 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TYPE CANBUS UART BITORDER LSBFIRST BRATE 19200 FORMAT BIT7PARITY PMODE EVEN POLARITY NEGATIVE TRACE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP2 CANBUS BRATE 500000 RECE
20. Mode Start Byte HS Mode 7 Type Start Byte MJ Start Byte HS Mode Proceed to step 10 on page 5 7 5 6 IM 701310 51E 5 2 Searching I2C Bus Signals Setting the SDA SCL and Qualification 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab If you a using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series proceed to step 12 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Select to Analog or Logic If you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series carry out this step Setting the SDA Source 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the SDA serial data source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 11 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e If you selected Logic in step 11 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Setting the SCL Source 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the SCL serial clock source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 11 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e If you selected Logic in step 11 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to
21. MSB Reads the data pattern MSB first LSB Reads the data pattern LSB first e Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the specified size in hexadecimal or binary notation e Ifyou specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be agen Error Mode Searches for points where errors occurred You can select the type of errors to detect from the table below e You can select multiple error types e The DL9000 will search for all selected errors Framing Searches for a position where the logic value of the stop bit is zero Parity When the DL9000 detects a parity error in a received character the DL9000 searches for the stop bit position e You can select which parity to check odd or even Errors will not occur if the parity bit is set to none IM 701310 51E 5 33 a 5 6 Searching UART Signals Bit Rate Sample Point Format Level Hysteresis and Polarity Bit Rate You can set the UART signal transfer rate to 115200 bps 57600 bps 38400 bps 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps or 1200 bps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 1000 bps to 200000 bps in 100 bps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the signal level from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 UART signal trigger circuit samples the input UART signal using
22. TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt Function Syntax Example Description Sets the comparison data of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA DATA1 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA DATA1 gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Use TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA1 when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA CONDition GTHan is specified e Use TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA2 when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA CONDition LTHan is specified e Use TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA1 to set the smaller value and TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DATA2 to set the larger value when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANge is specified TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DLC Fun
23. TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example BIT7APSUB gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic 1 C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PAT
24. TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA SOURCe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS DATA SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS DATA SOURCE 1 Syntax IM 701310 51E 7 97 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 Function Queries all settings related to the general call of the IC bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval
25. The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings A4 and JV correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division Analysis Reference Point Select the analysis reference point from the following Trig Pos Sets the analysis reference position to the trigger position Manual Set the analysis reference position manually The selectable range is 5 00 divisions and the resolution is 0 01 divisions For details on the analysis reference point and the numbers in the analysis result list see page 4 12 IM 701310 51E 4 23 4 6 Analyzing an UART Signal 1 2 Carry out steps 1 to 4 in section 4 1 to set the analysis type to UART Press the Decode Setup soft key The Decode Setup dialog box appears Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point Format Bit Order and Parity 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 115200bps to 1200bps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 1000bps to 200000bps using the rotary knob and SET Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point from 18 8 to 90 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the format from 8bit Parity to 8bit NonParity Use the rotary knob and SET to set the bit order to MSB or LSB If the format is 8bit Parity or 7bit Parity set the parity to Even or Odd using the rotary knob and SET Setting the Source 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to
26. and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB gt SEARCH1 1I12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bi
27. gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA MODE 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the IC bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt 1to4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS DATA PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA PMODe Function Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA PMODe DONTcare SELect TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA PMODe Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS DATA PMODE SELECT TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA PMODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA PMODE SELECT TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA SOURce Function Sets the data trace of the 1 C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA SOURce lt NRE gt TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus DATA SOURcCe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS DATA SOURCE
28. gt SERIALBUS TLINK OFF 7 84 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the CAN bus trigger of the event TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS ACK DONTCARE BRATE 1000000 DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000H 00 DATA2 255 00000H 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111001010110010001111000100100 1100101010001000010001111111111010 SIGNUNSIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 000000010010001101000101011001 1110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 11010101111001101111011110000 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00100100011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID2 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000H 00 DATA2 255 00000H 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111111101101110010111010100110 0001110110010101000011001000010000 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVE
29. gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 5 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS ACTive HIGH Low TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS ACTive Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS SOURce Function Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS SOURce lt NRE gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS SOURCE 1 Syntax Example TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATAI BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION
30. lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 68 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Cs AcTive HIGH LOW SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS ACTive lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS Syntax Example ACTIVE gt ACTIVE HIGH Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS TRACe Functi
31. 0 to 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PA SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ERN 11011110 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic 1 C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 Descr
32. 00TH U 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 7bit 0 1 0 0 0 0 F bit Time ms Display Trigger Position 2 I i SDA eee i o 1 7 1234567891 I I 5 L Displays the time period between the trigger position and the rising bit of the first data or address bit gt 1 1 e Decoded Field Display Decodes each data value and displays the value in color This feature can be used when the source signal is set to a channel from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 Adr Hexadecimal value in light green Data Hexadecimal value in cyan R W Pink Ack Yellow General Call Green Start Byte Orange HS Mode Orange IM 701310 51E 4 5 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results CAN Number of Analyzable Frames Up to 3000 frames 1500 frames before and after the analysis reference point Frames Analyzed Remote frame Detects whether or not the ID data CRC and ACK values are present Data frame Detects whether or not the ID CRC and ACK values are present Error frame Detects error flags Overload frame Detects an overload flag Simple Display No Analysis Number Frame Frame type ID Hexadecimal ID display Data Data in hexadecimal notation display Ack ACK slot state For a description of these items see Detail Display Detail Display No Analysis N
33. 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 3 5 TRIGGER ENHANCED UART BRATE 19200 TRIGGER ENHANCED UART BRATE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED UART BRATE 19200 TRIGger ENHanced UART FORMat Function Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal trigger format or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BIT8Parity TRIGger ENHanced UART FORMat TRIGGER ENHANCED UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY TRIGGER ENHANCED UART FORMAT gt TRIGGER ENHANCED UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY a ey TRIGger ENHanced UART POLarity Function Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal trigger polarity or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced UART POLarity NEGative POSitive TRIGger ENHanced UART POLarity TRIGGER ENHANCED UART POLARITY NEGATIVE TRIGGER ENHANCED UART POLARITY gt RIGGER ENHANCED UART POLARITY NEGATIVE a J TRIGger ENHanced UART SOURce Function Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced UART SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced UART SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER ENHANCED UART SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED UART SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED UART SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced UART SPOint Function Se
34. ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus DTRace lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS DTRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS DTRACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS DTRACE 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the LIN bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus lt x gt 1 or 2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1 3 SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRACE 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus BRATe Function Syntax Example Sets the LIN bus signal analysis bitrate data transfer rate or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus BRATe lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 USER lt NRf gt See section 4 4 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp BREak Function Syntax Example Executes a field jump to the Break Field in the results of the LIN bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp BREak lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1
35. BITORDER gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic SPI bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 Description This command can be
36. BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BRATe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 4 6 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BRATE 19200 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BRATE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BRATE 19200 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BSPace Function Syntax Example Sets the byte space for grouping data that is used in UART signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BSPace lt Time gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BSPace lt x gt 10r2 lt Time gt See section 4 6 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BSPACE 10ms ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BSPACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BSPACE 10 00E 03 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART DFORmat Function Syntax Example Sets the decoded character display format for UART signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART DFORmat ASCii HEXA ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART DFORmat lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART DFORMAT ASCII ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART DFORMAT gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART DFORMAT ASCII ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART FORMat Function
37. Function Sets the source channel of each data of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt y gt 0to7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 TRACE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB Function Sets the enabled range of the field used for logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 5 5 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup FSIZe Function Sets the field size used for
38. PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L e g TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA PMODe Function Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA PMODe DONTcare SELect TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA PMODe TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PMODE DONTCARE TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PMODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS DATA PMODE DONTCARE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA SOURce Function Sets the data trace of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA SOURCe lt x gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS DATA SOURCE A0 RIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L IM 701310 51E 7 133 spuewwog uonesiunwwog 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOG
39. SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus RECessive Function Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus RECessive HIGH LOw ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus Syntax RECessive lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS RECESSIVE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH Example ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus SPOint Function Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus SPOint lt NR gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus SPOint lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS SPOINT 18 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS SPOINT gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS SPOINT 18 8E 00 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus TRACe Function Sets the trace of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus TRACe lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS TRACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS TRACE 1 Syntax Example
40. SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC I12CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I12CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP MODE ADATA NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the logic I2C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 56 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock channel of the logic I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example SEARCH1
41. Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 29 SPIBus SETup BITorder setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the enabled range of the field used for logic SPI bus signal analysis or 7 29 SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the field size used for logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the 7 29 SPIBus SETup FSIZe current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the idle time used in logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 30 SPIBus SETup ITIMe setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus signal analysis three wire or 7 30 SPIBus SETup MODE four wire or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal analysis 7 30 UART ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis bit order or queries the current 7 30 UART BITorder setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate or 7 30 UART BRATe queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the byte space for grouping data that is used in logic UART signal 7 30 UART BSPace analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the decoded character display format for logic UART signal a
42. Sets the data size in bytes of each data of the logic SPI bus signal search 7 69 SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the determination method match mismatch of the data of the logic SPI 7 70 SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the pattern comparison start position of the logic SPI bus signal search 7 70 SETup DATA lt x gt DPOSition or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the number of fields in the data used for logic SPI bus signal search or 7 70 SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the data of the logic SPI bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 70 SETup DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the data of the logic SPI bus signal search in binary notation or queries 7 70 SETup DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the source channel of each data of the logic SPI bus signal search or 7 71 SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the enabled range of the field used for logic SPI bus signal search or 7 71 SETup EMSBLSB queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the field size used for logic SPI bus signal search or queries
43. e Data You can use the Data Field value as a search condition Set this value only when the frame type is set to Data Frame Comparison Condition The data search condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal data field values with the reference values meets the selected comparison condition Don t care Not used as a search condition True When the input signal value meets the reference value False When the input signal value does not match the reference value Greater Equal When the input signal value is greater than or equal to the reference value Less Equal When the input signal value is less than or equal to the reference value Between When the input signal value is within the reference range that includes the boundary reference values Out of Range When the input signal value is outside the reference range that excludes the boundary reference values Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the length specified by DLC in hexadecimal or binary notation The data pattern is valid only when the comparison condition is set to true or false e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be Reference Value Data Dec e If you set the comparison condition to Greater Equal or Less Equal set one reference value If you select Between or Out of Range set two
44. gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA SOURCE 1 7 124 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 Function Queries all settings related to the general call of the IC bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS GCALL gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general call of the IC bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is fixed to 1 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 1I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA AB TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal trigge
45. iain A Skip Mode 4 Search Type RC OFF a Setup Hold Off Decimation Start Point 4 dodv 4 Skip Mode OFF Exec IM 701310 51E 5 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Skip Mode Executing the Search and Displaying the Results Executing the Search 12 Press the Exec soft key A section that meets the search conditions appears in the zoom window The Exec soft key changes to the Abort soft key To stop the search press the Abort key Displaying Search Results 13 Use the rotary knob to select a found point number The waveform that corresponds to the number appears in the zoom waveform area Turning a Found Point Mark ON and OFF 14 Press the Pattern Mark soft key to select ON or OFF OFF ON E Auto Scroll Search E Setup Pattern Mark e ET Found point number ON OFF Turn found point marks WON and OFF You can display found point marks at the top edge of the main and zoom windows Found point marks indicate the waveform positions that were found The found point mark that matches the found point number is highlighted Explanation Search Type This manual describes 1 C CAN LIN SPI and UART serial bus signal search features The DL9000 searches for sections in the target signal that meet specified conditions and zooms in on the sections For information about other search features see the User s Manual IM701310 01E
46. lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK TRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK TRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the channel of the chip select signal of the SPI bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the channel of the chip select signal of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Cs ACTive HIGH Low SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe Function Sets the channel of the chip select signal of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANONe LNONe SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe lt x gt 10r2
47. lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS TRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS TRACE 1 Descriptions A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANONE LNONE can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt ANONE LNONE can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Specify ANONe when you want to use the idle time to control the analog SPI bus data start position Specify LNONe when you want to use the idle time to control the logic SPI bus data start position SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each data of the SPI bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive Function Sets the active level of each data of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive HIGH Low SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt Syntax ACTive lt x gt of SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIG
48. lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA AB TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt x gt 1or2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit O is the R W bit Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger EINTerval E
49. queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus TRACe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS TRACE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS TRACE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST Function Queries all settings related to the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 MODE DETAIL SCROLL HORIZONTAL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST DISPlay Function Turns ON OFF the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST DISPlay lt Boolean gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST
50. 10r2 Example SEARCH1 UART ERROR gt SEARCH1 UART ERROR FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 PMODE EVEN SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor FRAMing Function Sets the UART bus signal search Framing error or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor FRAMing lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor FRAMing lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 UART ERROR FRAMING ON SEARCH1 UART ERROR FRAMING gt SEARCH1 UART ERROR FRAMING 1 Syntax Example SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor PARity Function Sets the UART bus signal search Parity error or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt UART ERRor PARity lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor PARity lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 UART ERROR PARITY ON SEARCH1 UART ERROR PARITY gt SEARCH1 UART ERROR PARITY 1 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt UART ERRor PMODe Function Sets the UART bus signal search Parity mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt UART ERRor PMODe EVEN ODD SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor PMODe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 UART ERROR PMODE EVEN SEARCH1 UART ERROR PMODE gt UART ERROR PMODE EVEN SEARCH1 SEARch lt x gt UART FORMat Function Sets the UART bus signal search format or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BIT8Parity SEARCh lt x gt UART FORMat lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 UART
51. 3 19 BuvebbuL el 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal Frame Format and Trigger Point The following figure shows the frame and trigger point of each frame Data Frame e Standard format f Data Frame gt gt Q A gt fepunog yov y Arbitration Field Control Field Data Field CRC Field gt lt gt lt i t Recessive CRC EOF Sequence 30IS YOY epunog 9Y 9 Dominant N 1 11 111 4 8N OSNs8 15 G 1 2 3 4 Data Frame rt Arbitration Field Control Field Data Field CRC Field FAC gt lt gt lt gt lt gt uepunog yov y Recessive DLC Data CRC EOF Sequence ogy 2 JIS HOV ep or D ID 28 18 s ID 17 0 g A AE Dominant Aiepunog 949 N 11 S 18 11 8N OSNs8 15 A A A 1 2 4 Positions 1 to 5 above are trigger points for the following conditions 1 Mode SOF 2 Mode ID X Frame RTR Don t care ACK Don t care 3 Mode ID X Frame RTR Data Data Field Don t care ACK Don t care 4 Mode ID X Frame RTR Data Data Field Not Don t care ACK Don t care 5 ACK Not Don t care ID X ID Std Data ID Ext Data or ID Data OR gt a G Remote Frame Standard format Remote Frame gt Arbitration Field Control Field CRC Field C i gt lt gt lt A gt gt hepunog yov y
52. 4 Rate Sample 4 Rate Sample 500kbps 500kbps Recessive Recessive H L H L Level Hys Level Hys Level Im thw a 0 6div 0 6div Hys Performing Computation on All History Waveforms 18 To perform computation on all history waveforms press the Math on History Exec soft key Computation is executed and the Math on History Exec soft key changes to the Abort soft key To abort computation press the Abort soft key Computation is aborted and the Abort soft key changes to the Math on History Exec soft key E Setup Next 1 2 aaa lath on History Exec IM 701310 51E gt 5 D lt o 7 4 3 Analyzing a CAN Bus Signal and Performing Stuff Bit Computation Explanation Analysis Bit Rate You can select the CAN bus signal transfer rate from the following 1 Mbps 500 kbps 250 kbps 125 kbps 83 3 kbps and 33 3 kbps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 10 0 kbps to 1 000 Mbps in 0 1 kbps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the bus level recessive or dominant from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 CAN bus signal trigger circuit samples the input CAN bus signal using the internal clock and detects the point of change from recessive to dominant Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the recip
53. 7 103 LOGic 12CBus CLOCk SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the data of the logic I C bus trigger 7 103 LOGic 12CBus DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the number of data bytes of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the 7 103 LOGic I12CBus DATA BYTE current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic 7 103 LOGic 12CBus DATA CONDition IC bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the logic 1 C bus trigger or 7 104 LOGic 12CBus DATA DPOSition queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the logic I C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 104 LOGic 12CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Enables disables the data conditions of the logic 2C bus trigger or queries 7 104 LOGic I12CBus DATA MODE the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the I C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current 7 104 LOGic 12CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the logic C 7 104 LOGic 12CBus DATA PMODe bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data trace of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 10
54. ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT7APSUB SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address Function Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 00011111101 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address HEXA Function Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT1l0address HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 8 is the R W bit SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT10ADDRESS HEXA 5DF Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address PATTern Function Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address PA Syntax ern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address PA lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 8 is the R W bit SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 1011
55. ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DECode Function Turns the serial bus signal analysis decoding display ON OFF or queries the current status Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DECode lt Boolean gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DECode lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE DECODE ON ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE DECODE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE DECODE 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the I C bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE 1I2CBUS gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS CLOCK 1 DTRACE 1 7 34 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus CLOCk Function Syntax Example Sets the clock channel of the IC bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus CLOCk lt NR gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS CLOCK 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS CLOCK gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE 12CBUS CLOCK 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus DTRace Function Syntax Example Sets the data channel of the I C bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus DTRace lt NRf gt
56. ANALyze SPIBus CS lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS ACTive HIGH Low ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Cs ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS TRACe Function Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS TRACe lt NR gt NONE ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS TRACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS TRACE 1 Syntax Example ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SBUS lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA
57. Bit Order MSB LSB xlix bd Ip bd Poetail gt 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the mode from Every Data to Error Condition Source Mode z Every Data Data Error When the Mode Is Data Setup Condition Source Proceed to the steps indicated below according to the selected mode e Every Data Step 10 Data Step 5 Error Step 8 Setup Condition Source 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the size data length 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the bit order to MSB first or LSB first 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Mode Data r Data Size 4 byte Bit Order MSB LSB X x kp Px Pp Tx Set the data pattern hexadecimal Proceed to step 10 Data Pattern x Hexadecimal xxx Binary Xx IM 701310 51E 5 31 e jo 5 6 Searching UART Signals When the Mode Is Error 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the error type to Framing or Parity e You can sel
58. CAN The number of analyzed frames 4 x 155 bytes LIN The number of analyzed frames 4 x 170 bytes SPI The number of analyzed bytes 4 x 79 bytes UART The number of analyzed frames 4 x 40 bytes The data sizes are reference values They are not strictly warranted Use them as a guideline when you save data 4 10 IM 701310 51E 4 2 Analyzing an l C Signal Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 4 in section 4 1 to set the analysis type to 12C Press the Decode Setup soft key The Decode Setup dialog box appears If you a using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series proceed to step 4 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Select to Analog or Logic If you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series carry out this step Setting the SDA Source 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the SDA source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e Ifyou selected Analog in step 3 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e If you selected Logic in step 3 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L sisAjeuy 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis If you select Logic in step 3 the level and hysteresis settings are not available Setting the SCL Source 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the SCL source
59. CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00100100011 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK Function Sets each ACK condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK ACK ACKBoth DONTcare NONack TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK ACK TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK ACK 3 f TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA Function Queries all settings related to each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 000000010010001101000101011001 1110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN Syntax Example TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA BORDer Function Sets byte order of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA BORDer BIG LITTle TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR I
60. DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART FORMat Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis data format or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BIT8Parity ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART FORMat lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART FORMAT gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART GROuping Function Turns on or off the grouping feature for logic UART signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART GROuping lt Boolean gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART GROuping lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART GROUPING ON ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART GROUPING gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART GROUPING 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART PMODe Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis parity mode or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART PMODe EVEN ODD ANALysis LSBus lt x
61. EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 00010010 SOURCE 3 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA2 BYTE 4 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 00010010 SOURCE 3 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus BITorder lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS BITORDER gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 111 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock c
62. EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA DPOSition Function Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA DPOSition lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L LOGIC TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic I C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA HEXA1 AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA MODE Function Enables disables the data conditions of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGge
63. EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 000000010010001101000101011001 1110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 11010101111001101111011110000 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR D1 IDSTD PATTERN 00100100011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR D1 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID2 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111111101101110010111010100110 0001110110010101000011001000010000 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID2 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 10010001101000101011001111000 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR D2 IDSTD PATTERN 10001010110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR D2 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID3 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each ID of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax TR
64. EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 3 Ay TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus NAIGnore RACCess lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS 1 i 3 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus NAIGnore SBYTe lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE 1 A 5 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus SBHSmode Function Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the I C
65. Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 7 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 105 spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Function Sets the second byte type of the general call of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe BIT7maddress DONTcare H04 H06 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x
66. FORMAT BIT7PARITY SEARCH1 UART FORMAT gt SEARCH1 UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt UART MODE Function Sets the UART bus signal search mode or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART MODE DATA ERRor SEARCh lt x gt UART MODE lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 UART MODE DATA SEARCH1 UART MODE gt MODE DATA Syntax Example SEARCH1 UART SEARCh lt x gt UART POLarity Function Sets the UART bus signal search polarity or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART POLarity NEGative POSitive SEARCh lt x gt UART POLarity lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 UART POLARITY NEGATIVE SEARCH1 Syntax Example SEARCH1 UART POLARITY gt UART POLARITY NEGATIVE SEARch lt x gt UART SPOint Function Sets the UART bus signal search sample point or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART SPOint lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt UART SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SEARCH1 UART SPOINT 18 8 SEARCH1 UART SPOINT gt Syntax Example SEARCH1 UART SPOINT 18 8E 00 SEARch lt x gt UART TRACe Function Sets the UART bus signal search trace or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART TRACe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt UART TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 SEARCH1 UART TRACE 1 SEARCH1 UART TRACE gt TRACE 1 Syntax Example SEARCH1 UART
67. GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 7 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Function Sets the second byte type of the general call of the IC bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup GCAL1 SBYTe BIT7maddress DONTcare H04 H06 SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup GCAL1 SBYTe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS IM 701310 51E 7 51 bas spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup MODE Function Sets the search mode of the I2C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup MODE ADATa ESTart GCAL1 NAIGnore
68. I2CBus SETup GCAL1 Function Queries all settings related to the general call of the logic I2C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general code of the logic IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic 1 C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is fixed 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA BA
69. LINBus SETup BLENgth lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 10 to 13 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 10 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup BRATe Function Sets the LIN bus signal search bitrate data transfer rate or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRE gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup BRATe lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 USER lt NRf gt See section 5 4 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BRATE 19200 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BRATE gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BRATE 19200 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Function Queries all settings related to data of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG BNUM 8 CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 127 00000E 00 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXK XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX bas Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BNUM 1 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BNUM gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BNUM 1 SIGN SIGN O SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA BNUM S Function Sets the number of LIN bus signal search data bytes 3 or queries the current
70. SERIALBUS SETUP1 ASETUP ABORT SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup EXECute Function Executes auto setup of the serial bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup EXECute lt x gt 10r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 ASETUP EXECUTE IM 701310 51E 7 79 7 5 SERialbus Group SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup UNDO Function Undoes the executed auto setup of the serial bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup UNDO lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 ASETUP UNDO SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Function Queries all settings related to the CAN bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 RECESSIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus BRATe Function Sets the CAN bus setup bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus BRATe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See section 5 3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS BRATE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 Syntax Example SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus RECessive Function Sets the CAN bus setup recessive level bus level or
71. SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 0000E 09 MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURCe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce
72. SPIBus BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus BITorder Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS BITORDER gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL RIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL A J TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 RIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE
73. Triggers on the start of a CAN bus signal frame SOF Start of Frame Error Frame Mode The DL9000 triggers when the error frame s error flag is active ID Std Data and ID Ext Data Modes ID Std Data mode is used to trigger on the data frame or remote frame in standard format ID Ext Data mode is used to trigger on the data frame or remote frame in extended format The DL9000 triggers on the AND logic of ID Frame Type Data and ACK conditions The settings in ID Std Data mode are shared with the settings in ID Ext Data mode e ID Set the ID bit pattern in hexadecimal or binary notation The ID bit pattern is 11 bits in standard format and 29 bits in extended format The ID trigger condition is met when the specified bit pattern matches the input signal ID bit pattern e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be e Frame Type The DL9000 can be configured to trigger on the remote frame or data frame e Selecting the Frame ACAN bus signal frame contains a Remote Transmission Request RTR bit that indicates whether the frame is a remote frame or a data frame Select the frame that the DL9000 will trigger on Don t care The DL9000 will trigger on both remote frames and data frames Remote The DL9000 will trigger on remote frames Data Frame The DL9000 will trigger on data frames If you sel
74. detected LIN 1 3 Detects classic checksum errors only in the data field Both An error occurs when both LIN 2 0 and LIN 1 3 checksum errors are detected No error occurs if only one of the errors is detected Source You can select the source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E e Hysteresis The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings A4 and ZV correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division Found Point Break Synch ID and Data Modes Below is an example Found point Mode Break Synch Found point Found point Start of frame Mode ID Data Don t care Mode ID Data mode M Vv y B
75. lt Voltage gt lt Current gt See sections 5 2 to 5 6 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 LEVEL 0 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 LEVEL gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 bas SERialbus SETup lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the serial bus setup type or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt TYPE CANBus I2CBus LINBus SPIBus UART SERialbus SETup lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 1 o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 TYPE CANBUS SERIALBUS SETUP1 TYPE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 TYPE CANBUS spuewwoy uoljesunwwo SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART Function Queries all settings related to the UART bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BITORDER LSBFIRST BRATE 19200 FORMAT BIT7PARITY PMODE EVEN POLARITY NEGATIVE TRACE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 IM 701310 51E 7 83 7 5 SERialbus Group SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BITorder Function Sets the UART bus setup bit order or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BITorder lt x gt 10r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BITORDER LSBFIRST SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BITORDER gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BITORDER LSBFIRST SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BRATe Function Sets the U
76. 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 00010010 SOURCE 3 Description DATA2 is valid when TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus MODE WIRE4 is specified spuewwoy uoljesunwwo TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE Function Sets the number of bytes of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt NR gt TRIGger ENHanced SPI Bus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 127 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION TRUE TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition Function Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syn
77. 1 0 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB 1 0 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA PATTern Function Sets the LIN bus signal search data in binary or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA PATTern lt string gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt 1 or 2 lt string gt Combination of up to 64 characters 0 1 and X changed with the BNUM setting Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA SIGN Function Sets the sign order of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA SIGN lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA SIGN gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA SIGN SIGN SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor Function Queries all settings related to the LIN bus signal search error Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHE
78. 10000 10000 10000 e Turning the T Y Waveform Decoded Field Display and List Display ON and OFF 10 Press the Display Setup soft key 11 Press the VT soft key to turn the T Y waveform display ON or OFF 12 Press the Decode soft key to turn the decoded field display ON or OFF 13 Press the List soft key to turn the list display ON or OFF 14 Press ESC to return to the previous screen 4 List Setup gt kA OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON Vecoue Decode Decode OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON List List List OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON E Display Setup Zoom Link Field Jump IM 701310 51E 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results If the analysis type is CAN or LIN proceed to 15 If the analysis type is I2C SPI or UART proceed to step 19 e Setting the Zoom Link and Field Jump Options For FlexRay CAN or LIN 15 Press these soft keys Zoom Link Field Jump gt Zoom Link 16 Press the appropriate soft key from OFF to Zoom2 to select the zoom waveform area to link to If you select OFF the field jump menu will not appear 17 From the menu that appears press the appropriate soft key to select the jump destination field If you select Zoom1 or Zoom2 set the scroll direction to V and use the rotary knob t
79. 19200 bps JUser NTSC Serial Setup Format sbit NonParity Kd 525 60 2 Source Sbit Parity Customize Source bit Parity OFF ON ae bel 8bit NonParity gt Hys z Polarit FPos fi Ne CAN ity a F Neg Line LIN e Field Tang SPI Frame Skip Translucent J2 48 MART OFF ON Setting the Trigger Level Hysteresis and Polarity 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level hysteresis and polarity If you selected a signal from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L in step 5 there are no Level and Hys settings Source Source Level Hys Polarity cHi ff 0 0mY z E Pos Neg IM 701310 51E 3 27 3 5 Triggering on a UART Signal Explanation This feature triggers on UART bus signals Mode The mode is fixed to Every Data This feature triggers on the stop bit of all data frames I Parity Stop Bit Bit Data Positive logic a 7 bits bO to b6 8 bits
80. 7 8 9 re 8 9 CH3 i i CH4 i i 4 Does not meet the qualification ae Meets the qualification ye requirement requirement Not displayed as a found point Displayed as a found point Note To search using only the IC bus signal search condition SDA and SCL signals specify the settings as follows The state of signals other than those selected for the SDA and SCL X don t care Logic AND IM 701310 51E 5 9 a 5 2 Searching I C Bus Signals Found Point The points that the DL9000 finds vary depending on the mode as follows e Every Start mode Like the trigger point the found point will be at the falling edge of the SDA signal Start condition Acknowledge bits Stop condition Address and Data byte Y RIW bits H Y SDA SCL i 123456789 123456789 Found point e A mode other than Every Start The found point will be at the rising edge of the acknowledge bit after the specified condition is met The following example is for the case when the mode is ADR amp DATA but it applies to other search modes as well Start condition Coe bits ah Stop condition y Address and Data byte RIW bits Y SDA SCL 123456789 123456789
81. 7 82 CLOCk TRACe current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS Queries all settings related to the channel of the chip select signal of the SPI 7 82 bus setup SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS Sets the active level of the channel of the chip select signal of the SPI bus 7 82 ACTive setup or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CS Sets the channel of the chip select signal of the SPI bus setup or queries the 7 82 TRACe current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Queries all settings related to each data of the SPI bus setup 7 82 DATA lt x gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Sets the active level of each data of the SPI bus setup or queries the current 7 82 DATA lt x gt ACTive setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Sets each data channel of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting 7 83 DATA lt x gt TRACe SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Sets the idle time used in SPI bus setup or queries the current setting 7 83 ITIMe SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus MODE Sets the wiring method 3 wire 4 wire of the SPI bus setup or queries the 7 83 current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Queries all settings related to each trace 7 83 SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Sets the hysteresis of the threshold level of each trace or queries the current 7 83 HYSTeresis setting SERialbus SET
82. 701310 51E 3 11 BuvebbuL el 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal When the Mode Is ID Std Data or ID Ext Data This section will explain the procedure using ID Std Data mode as an example The procedure is the same for ID Ext Data mode e Setting the ID Bit Pattern Trigger Condition 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the bit pattern to compare with You can also set the bit pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the bit pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Condition Source Mode ID Std Data Set the bit pattern hexadecimal Frame Type Don t care 7 ID z x Hexadecimal a gt Binary e Setting the Frame Type Trigger Condition 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Frame Type comparison condition from Don t care to Data If you select Don t care or Remote proceed to step 11 on page 3 13 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the DLC Am oc 8 Data Frame Type e Setting the Data Trigger Condition 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the data comparison condition from Don t care to Out of Range e If you select Don t care proceed to step 11 on page 3 13 e If you select a condition from Greater to Out of Range proceed to
83. A4 25 AE 57 27 FE 98 99 27 P A Matches the specified address pattern Triggers here Trigger only on the data pattern Mode ADR amp DATA Address Don t care Data Mode ON Condition True Size 2 bytes Data pattern 27 and AE lt Pos Mode X gt Address and R W bits S A4 27 AE 57 27 FE 98 99 27 P 5 to Triggers here 1 Matches the specified size of data pattern 27 and AE lt Pos Mode Select Position 3 gt E Address and R W bits s a4 27 re 57 27 aE 98 99 27 P J l lok 3 Triggers here 2 Matches the specified size of data pattern 27 and AE 1 Skips 3 bytes 3 6 IM 701310 51E 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal NON ACK Mode The DL9000 triggers when the acknowledge bit is Nack when the SDA signal is high You can select whether use or ignore the following acknowledge bits for triggering start byte HS mode master code and read access byte 123456789 DRA Ra GAG eee Triggers here Start condition Acknowledge bits Stop condition Address and R W bits Data byte H Nack H y Ack
84. ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS lt NRf gt 4 to 32 SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST EMSBLSB 1 7 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 000000E 09 MODE WIRE3 FSIZE 4 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 IM 701310 51E 7 39 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup ITIMe Function Sets the idle time used in SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt Time gt DONTcare ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt x gt 10r2 lt Time gt 10ns to ims in 10 ns steps ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10NS ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ITIME gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10 0000E 09 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal analysis Example three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP MODE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 Example ANA
85. ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP BREAK ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp CSUM Function Syntax Example Executes a field jump to the Checksum Field in the results of the LIN bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp CSUM lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP CSUM ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp DATA Function Syntax Example Executes a field jump to the Data Field in the results of the LIN bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp DATA lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP DATA IM 701310 51E 7 35 bas spuewwoy uoljesiunwwo 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp IDENtifier Function Executes a field jump to the Identifier Field in the results of the LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp IDENtifier lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP IDENTIFIER ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp SYNCh Function Executes a field jump to the Synch Field in the results of the LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp SYNCh lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP SYNCH ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus REVision Function Se
86. ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE MODE I2CBUS ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE MODE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE MODE I2CBUS ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze RPOint Function Sets the analysis reference point of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze RPOint MANual lt NRf gt TRIGger ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze RPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE RPOINT MANAUL 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE RPOINT gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE RPOINT MANUAL 1 00000E 00 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal bas analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST EMSBLSB 1 7 FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 000000E 09 MODE WIRE3 spuewwoy uonesiunwwog ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal analysis Syntax
87. ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 37 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk SOURCe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt
88. Analysis number No time from the trigger position ms hexadecimal ID display hexadecimal ID Field display binary data display hexadecimal data display hexadecimal checksum display additional information Zoom link Zoom position the center of the zoom box movable to the start of the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Changing the zoom position also changes the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Field jump When zoom link is enabled the zoom position can be moved to the start of the specified field of the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Selectable fields are break synch ID data and checksum Saves the simple or detail display data of the analysis result list in CSV format csv extension Data search Searches waveforms for specified field or frame conditions When a waveform that meets the conditions is found the zoom box moves to that point and the SB5000 displays the specified waveform in the zoom waveform area IM 701310 51E 8 3 suoljeoiyioads 8 4 SPI Bus Signal Analysis Item Specifications Triggering Trigger source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Mode Three wire or four wire Triggers by comparing th
89. CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 RIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA Function Queries all settings related to the data of the I2C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 10101010 PATTERN3 10101111 PATTERN4 10101011 PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE 1 Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the IM 701310 51E 7 123 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA BYTE Function Sets the number of data bytes of the 1 C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA BYTE lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA BYTE lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA BYTE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced
90. DATA Function Queries all settings related to each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 000000010010001101000101011001 1110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA BORDer Function Sets byte order of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA BORDer BIG LITTle TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA BORDer lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER BIG TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER BIG TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition Function Sets each data condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt
91. DATA DPOSITION 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic I C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS DATA HEXA1 AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA MODE Function Enables disables the data conditions of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus DATA MODE lt Boolean gt RIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA MODE Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA MODE ON RIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS DATA MODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA MODE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L i 2 TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the 1 C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA
92. DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor FRAMing Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Framing error or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor FRAMing lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor FRAMing lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR FRAMING ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR FRAMING gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR FRAMING 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor PARity Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Parity error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor PARity lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor PARity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR PARITY ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR PARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR PARITY 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor SYNCh Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Synch error or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor SYNCh lt Boolean gt SEARC
93. DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA2 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 0 PATTERN1 XXXXXXXX PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX SOURCE A2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus BITorder lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 1 BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS BITORDER gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L LOGIC SPIBUS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic SPI bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT
94. Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the data of the logic SPI bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE Function Sets the number of bytes of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt NRf gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic SPI bus
95. Displaying Analysis Results Carry out steps 5 to 19 in section 11 7 IM 701310 51E s s jeuy gt 4 3 Analyzing a CAN Bus Signal and Performing Stuff Bit Computation Performing Stuff Bit Computation VERTICAL POSITION PUSH SCALE PUSH CFNE Selecting a Computation Channel 1 2 Press a key from M1 to M4 to select the channel that you want to set up Achannel setup menu appears Press the Select soft key to select MATH Selecting an Operator 3 4 Press the Operation soft key Press the Stuff Bit soft key AT AT ee eee Operation Display Display orF 0N oF oN Eier Select Select REF MATH REF MATH Uperauion 4 Operation Filter Filter k gt Setup Setup Ranging Ranging a a Stuff Bit Selecting the Computation Source Waveform 5 6 Press the Setup soft key Press the Source soft key to display the computation source waveform selection menu Press the appropriate waveform soft key To select a channel from REF1 to REF4 press the REF1 REF4 soft key first Setting the Bit Rate and Sample Point 8 9 10 11 12 13 Press the Rate Sample soft key Press the Bitrate soft key Press the appropriate bit rate soft key from 1Mbps to 33 3kbps If you select the User check box press the Bitrate soft key and use the rotary knob to set
96. EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA2 when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition LTHan is specified e Use TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATAL1 to set the smaller value and TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA2 to set the larger value when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANGge is specified TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DLC Function Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DLC lt NR gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DLC lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 8 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DLC 0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DLC gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DLC 0 IM 701310 51E 7 89 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA HEXA Function Syntax Example Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal
97. ENHANCED CANBUS DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA MSBLSB gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA MSBLSB 1 0 Syntax Example TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA PATTern Function Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA PATTern Syntax lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining 0 1 and X in one byte unit TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA PATTERN 11011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA PATTERN 11011111 Example TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA SIGN Function Sets the sign of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA SIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA SIGN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA SIGN SIGN Syntax Example TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt Function Queries all settings related to the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 TR
98. EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of lt PATTern x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA PMODe Function Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA PMODe DONTcare SELect TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA PMODe lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS DATA PMODE SELECT TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA PMODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS DATA PMODE SELECT TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA SOURce Function Sets the data channel of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA SOURce lt NR gt
99. Example Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDSTD HEXA 5DF TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd PATTern Function Syntax Example Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDSTD PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS 10111011111 IDSTD PATTERN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus MODE Function Syntax Example Sets the CAN bus signal trigger mode or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus MODE EFRame IDEXt IDOR IDSTd SOF TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS MODE EFRAME TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS MODE EFRAME
100. If you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series carry out this step Setting the CS Source 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the CS chip select source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series If you selected Analog in step 8 select the source from CH1 to CH4 If you selected Logic in step 8 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Active to H or L Setting the Clock Source 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the clock source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series If you selected Analog in step 8 select the source from CH1 to CH4 Ifyou selected Logic in step 8 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the polarity to f or Setting the Data Source 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the data source e If you select 4 wire in step 4 on the previous page select the source for Data1 and Data 2 separately e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series If you selected Analog in step 8 select the source from CH1 to CH4 If you selected Logic in step 8 se
101. LINBUS SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC LINBUS SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC LINBUS SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE A0O TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA2 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 0 PATTERN1 XXXXXXXX PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX SOURCE A2 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst TRIGger LOGic SPIBus BITorder Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS
102. LOGIC UART SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC UART SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic UART SPOint Function Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger sample point or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic UART SPOint lt NRf gt TRIGger LOGic UART SPOint lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 TRIGGER LOGIC UART SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER LOGIC UART SPOINT gt TRIGGER LOGIC UART SPOINT 18 8E 00 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the trigger level of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt Voltage gt lt Current gt TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt LEVel lt x gt 1 to 4 lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See sections 3 1 or 3 4 Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1V TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 Description This command applies to the channel corresponding to the source specified by the following commands e TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus CLOCk SOURCe e TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA SOURCe e TRIGger E
103. Link the settings will not be linked between the trigger feature and the auto setup analysis and search features For details see section 2 2 2 6 IM 701310 51E 2 2 Sharing of the Serial Bus Signal s Trigger Analysis Search Settings The DL9000 shares the trigger analysis and search settings If you change a setting in one feature the corresponding setting will also change in the other features How Auto Setup Affects Trigger Analysis and Search Settings How Auto Setup Affects Analysis and Search Settings If you select Setup 1 and execute auto setup the settings in Decode Setup in the WINDOW 1 menu Analysis 1 and the settings in Search Setup in the ZOOM 1 menu Search 1 will be set to the serial bus signal s type source and detection value see the page 2 5 The same holds true for Setup 2 the settings in Decode Setup in the WINDOW 1 menu Analysis 2 and the settings in Search Setup in the ZOOM 2 menu Search 2 How Auto Setup Affects Trigger Settings If you select Setup 1 and execute auto setup the trigger settings SERIAL BUS menu under TRIGGER will be set to the serial bus signal s type source and detected values see page 2 5 At the same time the Trigger on box at the bottom of the Bus Setup dialog box will display the auto setup name Setup 1 The same holds true for Setup 2 If you select Setup 1 from the Trigger on list the trigger settings will be set to the auto setup 1 settin
104. OR condition of the 7 118 lt x gt DATA DLC CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in 7 118 lt x gt DATA HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets the MSB and LSB bits of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 118 lt x gt DATA MSBLsb signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary 7 118 lt x gt DATA PATTern notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets sign of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or 7 119 lt x gt DATA SIGN queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets each message format standard or extended of the OR condition of the 7 119 lt x gt FORMat CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Queries all settings related to the ID of each extended format of the OR 7 119 lt x gt IDEXt condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 119 lt x gt IDEXt HEXA signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 119 lt x gt IDEXt PATTern signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current se
105. Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT10address Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 IM 701310 51E 7 121 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA Function Syntax Example Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 8 is the R W bit TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS HEXA 7AB TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern Function Syntax Example Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PA lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 8 is the R W bit TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 ern TRIGger ENHance
106. SETUP NAIGNORE RACCESS 1 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore SBYTe lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore SBYTe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE SBYTE ON SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE SBYTE gt SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE SBYTE 1 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup SBHSmode Function Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup SBHSmode lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup SBHSmode TYPE Function Sets the type of the start byte or high speed mode of the I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup SBHSmode TYPE HSMode SByYTe SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup SBHSmode TYPE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE gt SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE 7 52 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt LINBus Function Queries all settings related to
107. SPIBus SETup lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 01111000 TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA2 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 01111000 TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 0000E 09 MODE WIRE3 7 74 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst SEARcCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup BITorder lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 010
108. Set how many consecutive data bytes you want to compare Selectable range 1 to 4 Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the specified size in hexadecimal or binary notation If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be IM 701310 51E 5 2 Searching I2C Bus Signals SDA SCL and Qualification SDA and SCL Sources You can select the serial data SDA and serial clock SCL sources On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the sources from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the sources from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Hysteresis Set the hysteresis for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution i
109. Source Mode k Ignore e start Byte HS Mode Read Access Proceed to step 10 on page 3 4 When the Mode Is General Call e Setting the Second Byte Trigger Condition 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the second byte format from X to 7bit Master Address If you select X 0000 0100 or 0000 0110 proceed to step 10 on page 3 4 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the address pattern to compare with You can also set the address pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the address pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Mode General Call _ second Byte 7bit Master Address 7bit Master Address Address _ Hexadecimal Binary X XIX gt n Xxx 2 Set the address pattern hexadecimal e Setting the Data Trigger Condition Set the trigger condition according to steps 7 to 9 on the previous page Proceed to step 10 on page 3 4 When the Mode Is Start Byte HS Mode 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the type master code to Start Byte or HS Mode Mode Start Byte HS Mode Type Start Byte MJ Start Byte HS Mode Proceed to step 10 on page 3 4 Bunbun el 3 3 IM 70131
110. Syntax Example LSBFIRST SEARch lt x gt UART DATA DSI Ze Function Sets the number of data bytes of the UART bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA DSIZe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA DSIZe lt x gt 1 o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 SEARCH1 UART DATA DSIZE 1 SEARCH1 UART DATA DSIZE gt SEARCH1 UART DATA DSIZE 1 spuewwog uonesiunwwog Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt UART DATA HEXA Function Sets the UART bus signal search data in hexadecimal Syntax SEARch lt x gt UART DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X units of 1 byte Example SEARCH1 UART DATA HEXA A9 IM 701310 51E 7 77 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt UART DATA PATTern Function Sets the data of the UART bus signal search in binary or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA PATTern Syntax lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 32 characters by combining 0 1 and X units of 1 byte SEARCH1 UART DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARCH1 UART DATA PATTERN gt SEARCH1 UART DATA PATTERN 11011111 Example SEARch lt x gt UART ERRor Function Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal search error Syntax SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor lt x gt
111. TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT7ADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address Function Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT1OADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA Function Sets the 10 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 8 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS HEXA 7AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 100 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern Function Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger in binary
112. TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT1OADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA Function Sets the 10 bit address of the 1 C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 8 is the R W bit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS HEXA 7AB Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern Function Sets the 10 bit address of the 1 C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 8 is the R W bit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x g
113. TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the logic IC bus 7 106 LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore HSMode trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the logic 2C bus 7 106 LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore RACCess trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the logic IC bus trigger 7 106 LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore SBYTe or queries the current setting Start Byte TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the logic 7 107 LOGic 12CBus SBHSmode IC bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the type of start byte and high speed mode of the logic IC bus trigger 7 107 LOGic I12CBus SBHSmode TYPE or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus trigger of the event 7 107 7 LOGic LINBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or 7 107 o LOGic LINBus BRATe queries the current setting Q TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trigger source of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or queries the 7 107 3 LOGic LINBus SOURce current setting 2 TRIGger EINTerval EVNt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus trigger of the event 7 108 a LOGic SPI
114. The Level Hys dialog box appears 18 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis for each source 19 Press ESC to return to the previous screen On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series Series When Analog is selected in When Logic is selected in step 10 on the previous page step 10 on the previous page cs A Select Analog Logic Select Analo Source CH4 ET lt r cs Active H L Source coma Source a3 M Level Hys Clock Active H L Active H L Source cHi y CS CH4 _ _ Clock _ Clock Polarity EJ k3 Level 0 00V Source cmi Source ao D batai m Hys Polarity ft Polarity ft Source cH2 r Clock CH1 _ bai Data 1 Active H L Level 0 0 Source c2 _ Source AL iy Data 2 Hys 0 3div Active H L 5 Active H iE Source cH3 M Data 1 CH2 _ Data 2 Data 2 Active H L Level 10 00 Source a M Source a M Level Hys Hys 0 idiv Active H L Active H L D
115. W acknowledge bit data info Zoom link Zoom position the center of the zoom box movable to the highlighted byte in the analysis result list Changing the zoom position also changes the highlighted frame in the analysis result list suoljeoiineds Item Specifications Data storage of the Saves the simple or detail display data of the analysis result list in CSV format csv extension analysis result list Data search Searches waveforms for specified address pattern data pattern or acknowledge bit state When a waveform that meets the conditions is found the zoom box moves to that point and the SB5000 displays the specified waveform in the zoom waveform area IM 701310 51E 8 1 8 2 CAN Bus Signal Analysis Item Specifications Version CAN Version 2 0B Bit rate Settable to1 M 500 k 250 k 125 k 83 3 k 33 3 kbps or to any bit rate from 10 k to 1 Mbps in 0 1 kbps steps Supports High speed CAN IS011898 and Low speed CAN 1SO11519 2 Triggering Trigger source Selectable from CH1 to CH4 Mode SOF Triggers on SOF Start of Frame Error Frame Triggers on an error frame ID Std Data Triggers on a data frame or remote frame ID standard format ID Ext Data Triggers on a data frame or remote frame ID extended format ID Data OR Triggers on the OR logic of four data frame and remote frame types Standard or extended format selectable for each ID Analysis Signal Select from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M
116. Zoom1 Zoom2 Links to Zoom2 The default setting for WINDOW 1 is Zoom1 and WINDOW 2 is Zoomz2 If Zoom1 or Zoom2z2 is selected and you select highlight any byte in the analysis result list the zoom position the center of the zoom box will move to the head of the byte On the contrary if you move the zoom position the corresponding byte in the analysis result list in the Zoom1 or Zoom2 box will be highlighted Field Jump If the analysis type is FlexRay CAN or LIN and the zoom link feature is enabled you can move the zoom position to the head of the specified field in the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Saving Analysis Results You can save analysis results simple and detail in CSV format to an external storage medium The extension is csv The list will be saved in the appropriate format Data Saved In the menu that appears when you set the data type to Serial Bus in the procedure described in section 13 9 in the User s Manual 1M701311 01E or section 13 10 in the User s Manual IM701331 01E select whether to save Ana or Ana2 Ana1 Saves the analysis results that are determined under the conditions specified using the menu that appears when the WINDOW 1 key is pressed Ana2 Saves the analysis results that are determined under the conditions specified using the menu that appears when the WINDOW 2 key is pressed Data Size PC The number of analyzed bytes 4 x 65 bytes
117. a gt a Decode Don t care Setup Reference Point __ Mode TrigPos Manual Ap p ears when Position 0 000div E Manual is selected gt aat lt 4 List Setup fr Setting the CS Clock and Data Sources 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab If you a using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series proceed to step 11 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Select to Analog or Logic If you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series carry out this step 4 20 IM 701310 51E 4 5 Analyzing a SPI Bus Signal e Setting the CS Source 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the CS chip select source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from None from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 10 on the previous page select the source from None from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 10 select the source from None from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from None from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L If you set the CS source to None set the clock s idle time in steps 3 and 6 Afterwards proceed to step 13 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Active to H or L e Setting the Clock Source sisAjeuy gt 13 Use the rotar
118. above and below the trigger level to prevent the DL9000 from triggering on minute voltage fluctuations A Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 0 3 divisions around the trigger level 7 Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 1 division around the trigger level The values above are typical They are not strictly warranted 3 22 IM 701310 51E 3 4 Triggering on a SPI Bus Signal Procedure ACQUIRE HORIZONTAL ACO COUNT ACTION gt _ TRIG MODE TRIG HOLD OFF SAMPLING POSITION LENGTH DELAY TRIGGER lt TIDIV gt EVENT INTERVAL O SOURCE 0 0E 1 Press ENHANCED 2 Press these soft keys Type gt SPI gt Setup The Setup dialog box appears Setting the Wiring System Bit Order and Data 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab Selecting the Wiring System and Bit Order 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the mode to 3 wire or 4 wire and the bit order to MSB or LSB ae EE SERITAL BUS EE SPI Trigger Setup m ts Type z 7 Pan a Type Type Condition Source wv Condition SPI 2 Mode E E BitOrder MB 18 NTSC Serial Setup Data Source 1525 60 2 Condition True False H
119. address of the general call of the logic IC bus signal 7 61 SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA search in hexadecimal notation SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic IC bus signal 7 62 SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress search in binary notation or queries the current setting PATTern SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets the second byte type of the general call of the logic I2C bus signal 7 62 SETup GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets the search mode of the logic I C bus signal search or queries the 7 62 SETup MODE current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the logic I C bus 7 62 SETup NAIGnore signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the logic IC bus 7 62 SETup NAIGnore HSMode signal search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the logic IC bus 7 62 SETup NAIGnore RACCess signal search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the IC bus trigger or 7 63 SETup NAIGnore SBYTe Start queries the current setting Byte 7 8 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands
120. applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example 7 136 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus Cs AcTive HIGH Low TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS ACTive Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce Function Sets the chip select trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus Cs SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce lt x gt O to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS SOURCE AO RIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS CS SOURCE A0
121. be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS ACTive HIGH Low TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic 3 SPIBus CS ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L d TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce Function Sets the chip select trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EI
122. bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT HEXA 1AEF5906 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt PATTern Function Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 29 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT PATTERN gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd Function Queries all settings related to the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD PATTERN 00011111101 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd HEXA Function Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd HEXA lt String gt Syntax lt x gt 10r2 lt Stri
123. bus setup clock channel or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt 12CBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS CLOCK 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS CLOCK gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS CLOCK 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Syntax Example SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus DTRace Function Sets the I2C bus signal analysis data channel or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus DTRace lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus DTRace lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS DTRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS DTRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS DTRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L 7 80 IM 701310 51E 7 5 SERialbus Group SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Queries all settings related to the LIN bus setup SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Function Syntax Example lt x gt 1or2 SERIALBUS SETU
124. bus signal search Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST DSIZE 1 PATTERN X0101001 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA BITorder Function Sets the data bit order of the logic UART bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA BITorder lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA BITORDER gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA DSIZe Function Sets the number of data bytes of the logic UART bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA DSIZe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA DSIZe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA DSIZE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA DSIZE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA DSIZE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA HEXA Funct
125. bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus SBHSmode lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS SBHSMODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE Function Sets the type of the start byte or high speed mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus SBHSmode TYPE HSMode SBYTe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE bas gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 SOURCE 1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ro SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE S 2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus Function Queries all settings related to LIN bus signal triggers D of each event o Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus O lt x gt 1 or 2 S Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LINBUS 3 amp TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus BRATe Function Sets the LIN bus signal trigger bitrate data transfer rate or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NR gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus BRATe lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt
126. command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART SPOint Function Syntax Example Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART TRACe Function Syntax Example Sets the logic UART bus signal search sampling point or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART SPOint lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART SPOint lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART SPOINT 18 8 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART SPOINT gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART SPOINT 18 8E 00 DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Sets the logic UART bus signal search trace or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOG c UART TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART TRACe lt x gt 1 o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART TRACE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART TRACE AO spuewwoy uoljesunwwo Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L IM 701310 51E 7 73 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal search
127. compared Ff On the rising edge 4 On the falling edge Trigger Level When the CS clock or data is set to analog CH1 to CH4 you can set the trigger level for each source The selectable range is 8 divisions within the screen The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV e You can reset the trigger level to the current offset voltage by pressing RESET Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the trigger level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Hysteresis Hysteresis specifies a voltage range above and below the trigger level to prevent the DL9000 from triggering on minute voltage fluctuations AA Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 0 3 divisions around the trigger level Ww Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 1 division around the trigger level The values above are typical They are not strictly warranted Trigger Point The trigger point is determined by the clock polarity setting as follows Clock Data 1 ioi or X X Xk KK X X XX Data 2 A A Trigger point when the clock polarity is set to 1 Trigger point when the clock polarity is set to f Example This example displays the data sequence at the byte level hexadecimal notation and indicates the trigger position The D
128. error Simple display Analysis number No and hexadecimal data display Detail display Analysis number No time from the trigger position ms binary data display hexadecimal data display additional information Display Mode ASCII display of hexadecimal values grouping of data Zoom position the center of the zoom box movable to the start of the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Changing the zoom position also changes the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Saves the simple or detail display data of the analysis result list in CSV format csv extension Data search Searches waveforms for specified field or frame conditions When a waveform that meets the conditions is found the zoom box moves to that point and the SB5000 displays the specified waveform in the zoom waveform area 1 If you set the display mode to ASCII data is displayed using ASCII codes IM 701310 51E 8 5 suoljeoijioads A Page ACK vaielettiniiitieaniiiers uals A e AET 3 18 acknowledge bitic i Aisi aude ered ol 3 7 ACI OSS EAA PA EE E AA ET 3 5 ADR amp DATA MOdE ccceceeceeeeeereeeeceeeeaeeneeeaeeateeeeenteeneeneenes 3 5 ANALysis Group ahs analysis reference point CAN ccccceeseseeeeeeteeeeeseees 4 16 analysis reference point 120C cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeseees 4 12 analysis reference point LIN c cccssceeseeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 4 19 analysis refer
129. knob and SET to select the bit rate from 19200bps to 1200bps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 1000bps to 20000bps using the rotary knob and SET Setting the Trigger Level and Hysteresis 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis If you selected a signal from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L in step 4 there are no Level and Hys settings aN ME SERIAL BUS ill LIN Trigger Setup es m Type p A Type 1 Type mre Mode Break Tv LIN Rate Sample mode K Bitrate CES yy user NTSC Serial Setup Sour ce mmm Eso Source ma Customize Level 0 00v OFF oN ye Hys a gt gt gt CAN Line LIN e Field T x SPI Frame Skip Translucent J2 48 HART OFF ON IM 701310 51E 3 21 BuvebbuL el 3 3 Triggering on a LIN Bus Signal Explanation T
130. logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATAIL BYTE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 BYTE 1 BYTE gt Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 69 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination method match mismatch of the data of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATAL CONDITION FALSE SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 CONDITION gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 CONDITION FALSE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DPOSition Function Sets the pattern comparison start position of the logic SP
131. lt x gt DPOSition lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DPOSITION 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DPOSITION gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DPOSITION 1 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe Function Sets the number of fields in the data used for SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DSIZE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DSIZE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DSIZE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 75 bas spuewwoy uolnesunwwo 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the SPI bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 HEXA1 EF Syntax Example SEARc
132. lt x gt ANALyze MODE 1I2CBus LINBus SPIBus UART ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE MODE I2CBUS ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE MODE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE MODE I2CBUS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze RPOint Function Sets the analysis reference point of the logic serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze RPOint lt NRf gt MANual TRIGger ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze RPOint Syntax lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 5 to 5 div ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE RPOINT MANUAL 1 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE RPOINT gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE RPOINT MANUAL 1 00000E 00 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A2 ANA
133. lt x gt IDEXt PATTern Function Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR I1D lt x gt IDEXt PATTern lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 29 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110 111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR 1ID1 IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111 00001110111011111 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd Function Queries all settings related to the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00011111101 Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd HEXA Function Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecim
134. notation SEARch lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the IC bus signal search 7 51 GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup Sets the second byte type of the general call of the IC bus signal search or 7 51 queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12C GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Bus SE Sets the search mode of the I C bus signal search or queries the current 7 52 setting SEARch lt x gt 12C NAIGnore Bus SETup Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the IC bus 7 52 signal search SEARCh lt x gt 12C NAIGnore HSMode Bus SETup Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the I2C bus signal 7 52 search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt 12C NAIGnore RACCess Bus SETup Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the 1 C bus signal 7 52 search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12C NATGnore SBYTe Bus SETup Start Byte Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the I C bus signal 7 52 search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12C SBHSmode Bus SETup Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the IC 7 52 bus signal search SEARch lt x gt 12C SBHSmode TYPE SEARCh lt x gt LIN Bus SETup
135. notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 16 characters by combining 0 to F and X in one byte unit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA HEXA A9 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA MSBLsb Function Syntax Example Sets the MSB and LSB bits of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA MSBLsSb lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA MSBLSB gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA PATTern Function Syntax Example Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x
136. notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 8 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I12CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the logic I2C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADA
137. of the field used for SPI bus or queries the current setting signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DATA lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt NRf gt lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DATA lt x gt TRACe SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt x gt of SBUS lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt 1o0r2 7 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 4 5 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ro Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATAL EMSBLSB 1 7 S TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP 3 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATAL EMSBLSB gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE 5 TRACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 S SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE 1 o ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze 9 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SPIBus SETup FSIZe 3 SETup Function Sets the field size used for SPI bus signal analysis or 3 Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal queries the current setting A analysis setup Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze n Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt NR gt SETup ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze lt x gt 1o0r2 SPIBus SETup FSIZe Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP lt x gt 1o0r2 gt
138. only one of the errors is detected Source You can select the source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is O or 1 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E e Hysteresis The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings 4 and AZ correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division Analysis Reference Point Select the analysis reference point from the following Trig Pos Sets the analysis reference position to the trigger position Manual Set the analysis reference position manually The selectable range is 5 00 divisions and the resolution is 0 01 divisions For details on the analysis reference point and the numbers in the analysis result list see page 4 16 IM 701310 51E 4 19 4 5 Analyzin
139. or IM701331 01E Search Start Point The selectable range is 5 00 divisions The resolution is 0 01 divisions Skip Mode After finding a point that meets the search conditions the DL9000 skips searching for the specified time or count OFF Searches all found points Hold Off Skips searching for the specified time The selectable range is 0 1 ns to 1 00000 s six significant digits The resolution is 0 1 ns Decimation Skips searching for the specified count The selectable range is 1 to 9999 Displaying Search Results Numbers are assigned to the points that are found Zero is assigned to the first found point one is assigned to the second found point and so on e The maximum found point number is 4999 e You can display the waveform that corresponds to the selected found point number in the zoom waveform area IM 701310 51E 5 3 a 5 2 Searching I C Bus Signals Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 5 in section 5 1 to set the search type to 12C 2 Press the Setup soft key The Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Mode 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab 12C Search Setup q Setup Search Type Condition Source W a Condition Mode Every Start M E Setup Source 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the mode from Every Start to Start Byte HS Mod
140. queries the 7 55 2 current setting A SEARcCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ID Sets the LIN bus signal search ID in hexadecimal 7 55 HEXA SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ID Sets the LIN bus signal search ID in binary or queries the current setting 7 55 PATTern SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup MODE Sets the LIN bus signal search mode or queries the current setting 7 55 SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the 7 56 REVision current setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search sampling point or queries the current setting 7 56 SPOint SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup TRACe Sets the LIN bus signal search trace or queries the current setting 7 56 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the logic I C bus signal search 7 56 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I12CBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the logic I2C bus signal 7 56 search SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus CLOCk Sets the clock channel of the logic 1 C bus signal search or queries the 7 57 SOURce current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic I2C bus signal search 7 57 p Rch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the address of the logic IC bus signal search 7 57 p ADATa Rch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the logic 1 C bus
141. queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus RECessive HIGH LOw SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Syntax RECessive lt x gt 1o0r2 SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS RECESSIVE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH Example SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus SPOint Function Sets the CAN bus setup sample point or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus SPOint lt NRE gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus SPOint lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS SPOINT 18 8 SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS SPOINT gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS Syntax Example SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus TRACe Function Sets the CAN bus setup trace or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus TRACe lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS TRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS TRACE 1 SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the I2C bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus lt x gt 10r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 12CBUS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS CLOCK 1 TRACE 1 SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk Function Sets the I2C
142. select Source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level hysteresis and polarity If you selected a signal from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L in step 8 there are no Level and Hys settings Setting the Analysis Reference Point 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point to TrigPos or Manual If you select TrigPos proceed to step 12 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point in the range of 5 00 divisions Setting the Analysis Result Display Mode 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Decode Format to Hex or ASCII 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Grouping to ON or OFF If you select OFF proceed to step 15 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Byte Space 15 Press ESC to return to the previous screen WINDOW 1 m ee Rate Sample Bitrate 19200 bps User Sample Point 50 0 Display OFF ON lt Type Format Abit Parity 7
143. signal 7 57 p ADATa BIT10address search Rch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I2C bus signal search in hexadecimal 7 57 p ADATa BIT10address HEXA notation Rch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus signal search in binary notation 7 58 p ADATa BIT10address or queries the current setting rm h lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the logic I C bus signal 7 58 ADATa BIT7ADdress search h lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets the 7 bit address of the logic IC bus signal search in hexadecimal 7 58 ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA notation IM 701310 51E 7 7 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the 7 bit address of the logic IC bus signal search in binary notation or 7 58 SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress queries the current setting PATTern SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic 7 58 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub IC bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit address Sub 7 58 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess address of the logic 1 C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all
144. signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt X gt ANALyze UART lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER LSBFIRST BRATE 19200 BSPACE 10 00E 03 DFORMAT HEXA FORMAT BIT7PARITY GROUPING 1 PMODE EVEN POLARITY NEGATIVE SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BITorder Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis bit order or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BITO lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER LSBFIRST rder ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER LSBFIRST Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BRATe Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt X gt ANALyze UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BRATe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 or 115200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 4 6 Example ANALYSIS
145. specified in terms of the number of bytes from the assertion of the chip select signal CS You can set two data patterns Data 1 and Data 2 for the four wire SPI and one data pattern for the three wire SPI For Data 1 and Data 2 a trigger is activated at the position where the latter data pattern matches An example is given below for the case when comparing Data 1 3 bytes from the 4th byte after the assertion of the CS and comparing Data 2 4 bytes from the 10th byte after the assertion of the CS and activating the trigger when both patterns match CS 4 bytes Data1 o 1 2 302 F e ajs 1 6 7 4 10 bytes ad Data2 of1 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 5 FF FF 4 A CS Active low Trigger activated here Data1 Condition True Data Size 3 Pattern 121 Data Position 4 Data2 Condition True Data Size 4 Pattern FFFF Data Position 10 A trigger can be activated on the combination of the trigger conditions of the SPI bus signal and analog signal event interval trigger For details on the event interval trigger see section 6 20 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E IM 701310 51E s s jeuy jeuBig sng eH S ay JO M AIIAQ a 1 4 SPI Bus Signal Analysis For the procedure see section 4 5 This feature analyzes the SPI bus signal data and shows a list of the analysis results Analysis occurs in sync with the clock signal Clock in segments whose size is de
146. state matches the input signal state H When the input signal is high L When the input signal is low X Not used as a trigger condition Don t care The level for determining high or low is the trigger level that you set above when you set the signal to a channel from CH1 to CH4 If the source is set to a signal from AO to D7 the trigger level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E IM 701310 51E Bunbun el 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal e Logical Condition You can select the logical condition for the qualification and the trigger condition for the I C bus signal that you set in each mode When the logical condition is met the DL9000 triggers AND When the qualification and the I C bus signal trigger condition are both met OR When either the qualification or the 2C bus signal trigger condition is met CH3 L CH4 H Logic AND 12C bus signal trigger 12C bus signal trigger condition met condition met ae re ah I SDA cee ee hos 88 l SCL Ai Ps seas 8 9 1 asig 8 9 pane einen a Pl ee ah PS CH3 i i CH4 i i fi Does not meet the qualification Meets the qualification No trigger here Triggers here Note To trigger only on the I C bus signal trigger condition SDA and SCL signals sp
147. step 10 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen 3 12 IM 701310 51E 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data to compare in each entry box Set each item according to the comparison condition you selected in step 8 Comparison Setting Condition Detail Data Dec Byte Order Sign MSB LSB True False Yes Greater Equal Less Equal Yes Yes Yes Yes Between Out of Range Yes Yes Yes Yes e Detail Data pattern hexadecimal or binary e Data Dec Reference value decimal 1 Set one reference value 2 Set two reference values to define a reference range Set the lower limit in the left entry box and the upper limit in the right entry box e Byte Order e Sign Signed or unsigned Data order e MSB LSB Most significant and least significant bit positions Set the MSB in the left entry box and the LSB in the right entry box True False Frame Type Data y DIC 8 Data True x Px Px pc Pf x Pc x P lt bP k ACK Yes Set Not set Data Patt
148. the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA BYTE Function Sets the number of data bytes of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA BYTE lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA BYTE lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA BYTE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I12CBUS DATA BYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA CONDition lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA CONDITION FALSE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 103 spuewwog uonesiunwwog 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger
149. the analysis result list of the logic serial bus 7 26 LIST ITEM signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the mode of the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis 7 26 LIST MODE or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the scroll method of the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal 7 27 LIST SCRoll analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries the automated measured value of the specified analysis number in 7 27 LIST VALue the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic serial bus signal analysis mode or queries the current setting 7 27 MODE ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the analysis reference point of the logic serial bus signal analysis or 7 27 RPOint queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus signal analysis 7 27 SPIBus ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus 7 27 SPIBus CLOCk signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the polarity of the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal 7 28 SPIBus CLOCk POLarity analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis o
150. the current 7 71 SETup FSIZe setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the idle time used in logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current 7 71 SETup ITIMe setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus signal search three wire or four 7 71 SETup MODE wire or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal search 7 71 SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART BRATe Sets the logic UART bus signal search bit rate data transfer rate or queries 7 72 the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA Queries all settings related to data of the logic UART bus signal search 7 72 SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA Sets the data bit order of the logic UART bus signal search or queries the 7 72 BITorder current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA Sets the number of data bytes of the logic UART bus signal search or 7 72 DSIZe queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA Sets the logic UART bus signal search data in hexadecimal 7 72 HEXA SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA Sets the data of the logic UART bus signal search in binary or queries the 7 72 PATTern current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal search error 7 72 SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor Sets the logic UART bus signal search Framing error or queri
151. the current setting 7 139 LEVel TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current 7 139 STATe setting TRIGger TYPE Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting 7 139 IM 701310 51E 7 23 spuewwoy 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the logic serial bus signal feature Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS CLOCK A0 DTRACE A0O ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1_ 3 TRACE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 MODE DETAIL SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE MODE CANBUS RPOINT MANUAL 1 00000E 00 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A2 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUSSETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST MODE WIRE3 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ZLINKAGE OFF Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Function Queries all settings related to the logic serial bus signal Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1
152. the items according to the selected serial bus signal type The selectable sources vary depending on the serial bus signal type 12C Items displayed on CAN the DL9500 DL9700 o Setup 1 Setup1 Setup 2 etup Setup 2 Series p etup Type E Type P a eons ane Raed cH Select the 3 a l elect he bea msp o Source and SCL sources panei pe TRIGGER DECODE Ao ee SEARCH Bitrate 500kbps Level Hys LIN SPI ponte displayed on the Setup 1 Setup 2 Senpi Setup 2 DL9500 DL9700 Type Ao Type SPI Ho Source CH1 Ha rSelect the Select Analog Logic W Series TRIGGER Mode 3wire 4 wire Je DECODE Bakes source cs ca clock em Select the wiring SEARCH Data 1 CH2 Data 2 __ cn3 ir S system and the TRIGGER Bitrate 19200 bos v DECODE ai su o CS clock and xec alidi data sources UART F Tevel Hys Pol Setup 1 Setup 2 Type nfo Sare ke prSelect the TRIGGER DECODE Auto
153. the length specified by DLC in hexadecimal or binary notation The data pattern is valid only when the comparison condition is set to True or False If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be Reference Value Data Dec e If you set the comparison condition to Greater Equal or Less Equal set one reference value If you select Between or Out of Range set two reference values to define a reference range The values are automatically adjusted so that the lower limit is less than or equal to the upper limit e If the comparison condition is True or False the data pattern is used as the reference value e Selectable range Set the selectable range in decimal notation Unsigned 0 to 9E 18 The selectable maximum value is limited by the data length and bit position that are determined by the DLC and MSBI LSB settings respectively Signed 9E 18 to 9E 18 The selectable minimum and maximum values are limited by the data length and bit position that are determined by the DLC and MSB LSB settings respectively The value is displayed in exponential notation when it exceeds 7 digits example 1234567E 10 Byte Order Set the data byte order to big endian or little endian For example the following figure shows a 4 byte data stream on the bus 12345678 in hex
154. the value in color ID Light green DLC Pink Data Cyan CRC sequence Light blue Alarm frame Red Overload frame Green Frame background Gray Stuff bit Gray fill 4 6 IM 701310 51E 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results LIN Number of Analyzable Frames Up to 3000 frames 1500 frames before and after the analysis reference point e Fields Analyzed Break Synch ID Data Checksum e Simple Display No Analysis Number ID ID in hexadecimal notation Data Data in hexadecimal notation Checksum Checksum in hexadecimal notation For a description of these items see Detail Display e Detail Display No Analysis Number Negative numbers are assigned to frames before the analysis reference point and positive numbers are assigned to frames after the reference point The DL9000 can display the analysis result numbers from 1499 to 1500 up to 3000 frames Pressing the RESET key highlights frame number zero Time ms Displays the time from the trigger position to the head of the frame in milliseconds sisAjeuy gt ID Displays the ID value in hexadecimal notation ID Field Displays the ID value including the two parity bits in hexadecimal notation Data Bin Displays data in binary notation Each byte is displayed in a separate line Data Displays data in hexadecimal notation Each byte is displayed in a separate li
155. to 3000 bytes 1500 bytes before and after the analysis reference point e Fields Analyzed Data e Simple Display No Analysis number Data ASCI Hexadecimal data or ASCII display Information Displays errors For a description of these items see Detail Display e Detail Display No Analysis Number Negative numbers are assigned to frames before the analysis reference point and positive numbers are assigned to frames after the reference point The DL9000 can display the analysis result numbers from 1499 to 1500 up to 3000 data bytes Pressing the RESET key highlights data number zero Time ms Displays the time from the trigger position to the head of the byte in milliseconds Size Displays the number of data bytes only when display mode s Grouping feature is set to ON Data Bin Displays data in binary notation Data ASCIl Displays data in hexadecimal notation If you set the display mode to ASCII data is displayed using ASCII codes Information Displays the following errors If multiple errors are detected in one data byte the error with the highest precedence in the list below appears Framing Error Parity Error ampie display Simple display Grouping ON Grouping ON sous Data Information No Data Hex O 47 5053323030 1 1 537461 7274 SF 41 2 z 2 33363A 313635 3 l 3 31 34323A 35 33 31 a te 4 47505332 Detail display Detail display Grouping ON 5 53
156. to set the bit rate from 1000bps to 20000bps using the rotary knob and SET 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point from 18 8 to 90 6 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the revision to LIN 2 0 LIN1 3 or Both Condition Source Rate Sample Bitrate FEO vy user Sample Point 50 0 Revision LIN 2 0 LIN1 3 Setting the Level and Hysteresis 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis If you selected a signal from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L in step 15 there are no Level and Hys settings Condition Source Rate Sample Bitrate 19200 bps JUser Sample Point 50 0 Revision LIN 2 0 yy Source Source ci D Level 0 00V Hys 0 3div Executing the Search Carry out steps 6 to 14 in section 5 1 IM 701310 51E 5 21 jo 5 4 Searchi
157. trace of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting 7 124 SOURce TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus GCAL1 Queries all settings related to the general call of the IC bus signal trigger 7 125 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general call of 7 125 BIT7maddress the 1 C bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the 1 C bus signal trigger 7 125 BIT7maddress HEXA in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus GCAL1 Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger 7 125 BIT7maddress PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus GCAL1 Sets the second byte type of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger or 7 125 SBYTe Second Byte queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus MODE Sets the trigger mode of the I2C bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 125 setting TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the I2C bus 7 125 NAIGnore signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the I C bus signal 7 125 NAIGnore HSMode trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the I C bus s
158. uonesiunwwog 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup ITIMe Function Sets the idle time used in logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt Time gt DONTcare ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt Time gt 10ns to 1ms in 10 ns steps Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10NS ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ITIME gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10 0000E 09 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus signal analysis three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup MODE WIRe3 WIRe4 ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP MODE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART Function Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus
159. x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Checksum Field in the results of the logic LIN 7 25 LINBus FOUMp CSUM bus signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Data Field in the results of the logic LIN bus 7 25 LINBus FOUMp DATA signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Identifier Field in the results of the logic LIN bus 7 25 LINBus FJUMp IDENtifier signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Synch Field in the results of the logic LIN bus 7 25 7 LINBus FJUMp SYNCh signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the revision 1 3 2 0 or Both of the logic LIN bus signal analysis or 7 25 O LINBus REVision queries the current setting S ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic LIN bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current 7 26 3 LINBus SPOint setting z ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the trace of the logic LIN bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 26 Fy LINBus TRACe setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the analysis result list of the logic serial bus 7 26 LIST signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Turns ON OFF the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis or 7 26 LIST DISPlay queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all items displayed on
160. x gt LINBus SETup SPOint Function Sets the LIN bus signal search sampling point or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup SPOint lt NRE gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup SPOint lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP SPOINT gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP SPOINT 18 8E 00 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup TRACe Function Sets the LIN bus signal search trace or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup TRACe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup TRACe lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 8 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP TRACE 1 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP TRACE gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS gt SEARCH1 icp LOGIC 1I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 SEARCH1 LOGIC I2CBUSSETUP ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC U 1 icp I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111
161. x gt SBIT HYSTeresis Sets the hysteresis of the stuff bit computation or queries the current setting 7 43 MATH lt x gt SBIT LEVel Sets the threshold level of the stuff bit computation or queries the current 7 43 setting MATH lt x gt SBIT RECessive Sets the recessive level bus level of the stuff bit computation or queries the 7 43 current setting MATH lt x gt SBIT SPOint Sets the sample point of the stuff bit computation or queries the current 7 43 setting 7 4 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt CANBus Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal search 7 44 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal search setup 7 44 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup ACK Sets the ACK condition of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current 7 44 setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup BRATe Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal search or queries 7 44 the current setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal search data 7 44 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the byte order of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current 7 44 BORDer setting SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the data condition of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current 7 45 CONDition setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DA
162. x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA CONDition lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION FALSE SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION FALSE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA DPOSition Function Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the logic I C bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA DPOSition lt NRE gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA DPOSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA DPOSITION 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA DPOSITION 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example DPOSITION gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic I2C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus SETup DATA HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA HEXA1 AB D
163. 0 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA PATTern Function Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining 0 1 and X in one byte unit Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA PATTERN 11011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA PATTERN gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA PATTERN 11011111 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA SIGN Function Sets the sign of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA SIGN lt x gt 1or2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA SIGN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt Function Queries all settings related to the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN 110
164. 0 to F and X bit 8 is the R W bit TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT10ADDRESS HEXA 7AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PATTern Function Sets the 10 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT10address PA ern lt String gt TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT10address PA lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 8 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN gt ern TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA Funct
165. 0 51E 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal Setting the SDA SCL and Qualification 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab If you a using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series proceed to step 12 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Select to Analog or Logic If you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series carry out this step Setting the SDA Source 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the SDA serial data source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 11 select the source from CH1 to CH4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 11 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Setting the SCL Source 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the SCL serial clock source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 11 select the source from CH1 to CH4 e If you selected Logic in step 11 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Setting the Qualification 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the logic to AND or OR 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the state of signals other than those selec
166. 0 51E 7 21 spuewwoy 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 132 BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 132 BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the address type of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current 7 132 TYPE setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic I C bus trigger 7 132 TRIGger LOGic 12CBus CLOCk Sets the clock trace of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 132 SOURce TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA Queries all settings related to the data of the logic IC bus trigger 7 132 TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA BYTE Sets the number of data bytes of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the 7 132 current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic 7 133 CONDition IC bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic I12CBus DATA Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the logic 1 C bus trigger or 7 133 DPOSition queries
167. 00 from triggering on minute voltage fluctuations A Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 0 3 divisions around the trigger level VA Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 1 division around the trigger level The values above are typical They are not strictly warranted Polarity You can select the bit state that will be considered logical 1 Pos Positive logic Neg Negative logic Note You cannot set the hold off time when the UART signal trigger feature is enabled For details on the hold off time see section 6 4 in the User s Manual IM701331 01E 3 28 IM 701310 51E Chapter 4 Analysis 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results Procedure MEASURE ANALYSIS DISPLAY ZOOM INTENSITY A DISP 1 fa faccum clear E DISP 2 G Y Gea CURSOR TELECOM TES 1 Press WINDOW 1 or WINDOW 2 The WINDOW menu appears Selecting the Analysis Type 2 Press these soft keys Type gt Serial Bus 3 From the menu that appears press the appropriate soft key to select the analysis type of the serial bus signal 4 Proceed to the appropriate section indicated below according to the selected analysis type and set the analysis options e 12C Section 4 2 e CAN Section 4 3 LIN Section 4 4 e SPI Section 4 5 e UART Section 4 6 E V NDOW 1 a pre Displ
168. 00V DC sa Hys 0 0div Source CH1 b lt gt SCL SCL Decode Level J O Source can M Source Ao vl Setup Hys 0 3div Level 0 0 Reference Point ____ Hys 0 3div Mode TrigPos Manual Reference Point Reference Point _ Position Mode TrigPos Manual Mode TrigPos_ Manual List Setup Position Position m a ee Appears when Manual is selected Displaying Analysis Results Carry out steps 5 to 19 in section 4 1 IM 701310 51E 4 11 4 2 Analyzing an I7C Signal Explanation SDA and SCL Sources You can select the serial data SDA and serial clock SCL sources On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the sources from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of
169. 010110111000011101110 11111 Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt HEXA Function Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT HEXA 1AEF5906 Syntax IM 701310 51E 7 87 bas spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt PATTern Function Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDEXt PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 29 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111 00001110111011111 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR Function Queries all settings related to the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL
170. 01101111011110000 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00100100011 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111111101101110010111010100110 0001110110010101000011001000010000 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 1001000110100010101100111100 0 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 IDSTD PATTERN 10001010110 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID2 MODE 0 R I TR DATA TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR D3 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 7 116 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each ID of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt lt x gt 1to4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 00000001001000110100010101 10011110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 11010101111001101111011110000 TRIGGER ENHANCED
171. 1 gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 7 38 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DATA lt x gt ACTive SPIBus SETup BITorder Function Sets the active level of the data of the SPI bus signal Function Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal analysis or analysis or queries the current setting queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DATA lt x gt ACTive HIGH Low SPIBus SETup ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst DATA lt x gt ACTive ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze lt x gt of SBUS lt x gt 1 or 2 SPIBus SETup BITorder lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATAL Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ACTIVE HIGH BITORDER LSBFIRST ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP ACTIVE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE BITORDER gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze DATA lt x gt TRACe SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB Function Sets the data channel of the SPI bus signal analysis Function Sets the enabled range
172. 1 CANBUS SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS SOURCE 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus SPOint Function Syntax Example Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus SPOint lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS SPOINT gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the I C bus signal trigger of the event TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTER
173. 1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L LOGIC SPIBUS 7 108 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 Description This command can
174. 1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L e For SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA CONDition GTHan set using SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA1 e For SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA Syntax Example CONDition LTHan set using SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA2 e For SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANge set small values with SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA1 and large values with SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA2 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA HEXA Function Sets the data of the logic LIN bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt Up to 16 characters by combining 0 to F and X varies depending on the BNUM setting SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA HEXA 3B Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA MSBLsb Function Sets the MSB LSB bit of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current s
175. 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See sections 4 2 to 4 6 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACEL LEVEL 1V ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 LEVEL gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART Function Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER LSBFIRST BRATE 19200 BSPACE 10 00E 03 DFORMAT HEXA FORMAT BIT7PARITY GROUPING 1 PMODE EVEN POLARITY NEGATIVE SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRACE 1 Syntax Example 7 40 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BITorder Function Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal analysis bit order or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BITO lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER LSBFIRST ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART BITORDER LSBFIRST rder ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART BRATe Function Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART
176. 10110 PATTERN4 01111000 TRACE 1 Description DATA2 is valid when SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup MODE WIRE4 is specified SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE Function Sets the number of bytes of the data of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE lt NRf gt SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 BYTE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 BYTE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 BYTE 1 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt CONDition lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 CONDITION TRUE SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 CONDITION gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 CONDITION TRUE SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DPOSition Function Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA
177. 1011111 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA ERN 10111011111 ern Example BIT10OADDRESS PA SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the IC bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS HEXA DE Syntax Example 7 48 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the IC bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1
178. 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 USER lt NRf gt See section 3 3 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LINBUS BRATE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 IM 701310 51E 7 99 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus SOURce Function Sets the LIN bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LINBus SOURce lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LINBUS SOURCE 1 Example LINBUS LINBUS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic 1 C bus trigger of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADA
179. 1310 51E 7 15 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 100 LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT10address TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 100 LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or 7 101 LOGic 12CBus ADATa queries the current setting BIT10address PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 101 LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 101 LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger in binary notation or queries 7 101 LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress the current setting PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 101 LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub the logic C bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit S
180. 2 lt string gt Combination of up to 2 characters 0 F and X SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID HEXA 2A the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ID PATTern lt string gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ID PATTern lt x gt 1 or 2 bas spuewwoy uonesiunwwog lt string gt Combination of up to 6 characters 0 1 and X SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN 101111 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN 101111 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup MODE Sets the LIN bus signal search mode or queries the Function Syntax Example current setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup MODE IDData SYNCh SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1 or 2 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP MODE gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA IM 701310 51E 7 55 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup REVision Function Sets the LIN bus signal search revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup REVision BOTH LIN1_3 LIN2_0 SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup REVision lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP REVISION LIN1 3 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP REVISION gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP REVISION LIN1 3 Syntax Example SEARch lt
181. 2 settings The Analysis 1 and Search 1 settings shown in the following table are the same regardless of the firmware version C SDC and SCL sources CAN Bitrate sample point recessive level and source LIN Bit rate and source SPI Mode bit order and CS clock and data source levels 2 8 IM 701310 51E Chapter 3 3 1 Triggering Triggering on an I7C Bus Signal Procedure ACQUIRE HORIZONTAL Aco COUNT ACTION TRIGGER D A EVENT INTERVAL lt TDN gt 1 Press ENHANCED 2 Press these soft keys Type gt 12C gt Setup The Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Mode 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab BuvebbuL el pai EE SERIAL BUS lll DE Trinner Sahin m Te z Setup Type Type Condition Msource 7 a wv iral Condition Mode EME E NTSC Serial Setup Source 525 60 2 Customize OFF oN E CAN W Line LIN e Field J gt x SPI Frame Skip Translucent i 24 8 VART oF oN 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the mode from Every Start to Start Byte HS Mode Seu Condition Source Condition Mode Every Start M Every Start Source ADR amp DATA NON ACK General Call Start Byte HS Mode Proce
182. 2CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or 7 122 BIT7ADdress PATTern queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the IC bus signal 7 122 BIT7APsub trigger TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 122 BIT7APsub ADDRess the 1 C bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 122 BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 123 BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 123 BIT7APsub SADDress the 1 C bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus ADATa Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 123 BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 123 BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the address type of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 123 TYPE setting
183. 4 Analyzable frames Analyzed frames Analysis result display Zoom link Data storage of the analysis result list Up to 3000 frames 1500 frames before and after the analysis reference point Data frame remote frame error frame and overload frame Simple display Analysis number No frame type hexadecimal ID display hexadecimal data display ACK slot state Detail display Analysis number No frame type time from the trigger position ms hexadecimal ID display hexadecimal DLC display binary data display hexadecimal data display hexadecimal CRC sequence display ACK slot state Zoom link Zoom position the center of the zoom box movable to the start of the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Changing the zoom position also changes the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Field jump When zoom link is enabled the zoom position can be moved to the start of the specified field of the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Selectable fields are SOF ID control field data field CRC and ACK Saves the simple or detail display data of the analysis result list in CSV format csv extension Data search Stuff bit computation Searches waveforms for specified field or frame conditions When a waveform that meets the conditions is found the zoom box moves to that point and the SB5000 displays the specified waveform in the zoom waveform area Extracts stuff bits from the CAN bus signal wav
184. 4 00000000 H 39 3B H 0 384344 00000000 H 90 o0 H 0 400344 11000100 H 91 o0 H 88 0 424344 10101001 A9 H 92 00 3 H 89 0 432344 00111011 3B H P EEEE 90 0 472344 00000000 OO o os H S 9i 0 450344 00000000 00 H 92 0 488344 00000000 00 H Decoded Field Display Decodes each data value and displays the value in color This feature can be used when the source signal is set to a channel from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 Data Hexadecimal value in cyan Group background Gray Display Example Examples for two analysis conditions are given below Start Point i Clock _ _ 1 _J2 _ 3 _ 4_ 5 _ 6_ 7 _ 8 Datat Lo o o ofT lo o o T T 0 1 Tlo 0 0 Data2 1 1 110 of7 1o o o oji 1 1 110 14 es TNF Bit order MSB first 1121314516718 4 8 IM 701310 51E 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results Analysis Conditions when clock CH1 f and CS CH4 L Item Display Analysis number No 0 Data 1 in hexadecimal notation 08 Data 2 in hexadecimal notation E4 CS signal status Analysis Conditions when clock CH1 f and CS CH4 H Item Display Analysis number No 0 Data 1 in hexadecimal notation D8 Data 2 in hexadecimal notation 3D CS signal status H Note If there is no change in the CS signal from high to low or low to high the DL9000 will not analyze the I O data UART e Number of Analyzable Data Values Up
185. 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals When the Mode is Break Synch 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the break field data length from 10 to 13 bits Condition Source Mode Break Synch Break Length Greater Equal bits Proceed to step 11 on page 5 21 When the Mode Is ID Data Setting the ID Bit Pattern Search Condition 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the bit pattern to compare with You can also set the bit pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the bit pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Condition Source Mode ID Data r AE Set the bit pattern hexadecimal Don t care 7 Ea x Hexadecimal EA Binary Setting the Data Search Condition 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the data comparison condition from Don t care to Out of Range If you select Don t care proceed to step 11 on page 5 21 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the size data length If you select a condition from Greater to Out of Range in step 7 proceed to step 10 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and S
186. 40 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Mode Every Start Triggers on a start condition ADR amp DATA Triggers by comparing with the specified address or data Address type e 7 bit address e 7 bit sub address e 10 bit address NON ACK Triggers on a Nack bit General Call Triggers by comparing with the second byte pattern of the general call address Start Byte HS Mode Triggers on a start byte or an HS mode master address Analysis Signal On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Analyzable data bytes Up to 40000 bytes 20000 bytes before and after the analysis reference point Analysis result display Simple display Analysis number No start condition stop condition S P hexadecimal data display address data form read write signal R W acknowledge bit Detail display Analysis number No start condition stop condition S P time from the trigger position ms binary data display hexadecimal data display address data form read write signal R
187. 5 LOGic 12CBus DATA SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the general call of the logic I C bus trigger 7 105 LOGic 12CBus GCAL1 7 16 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general code of 7 105 LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 the logic I C bus trigger BIT7maddress TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 105 LOGic I12CBus GCAL1 in hexadecimal notation BIT 7maddress HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 105 LOGic I2CBus GCALL in binary notation or queries the current setting BIT7maddress PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the second byte type of the general call of the logic I C bus trigger or 7 106 LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Second queries the current setting Byte TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trigger mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current 7 106 LOGic 12CBus MODE setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the logic IC bus 7 106 LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore trigger
188. 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data to compare in each entry box Set each item according to the comparison condition you selected in step 8 Comparison Setting Condition Detail Data Dec Byte Order Sign MSB LSB True False Yes No No No No Greater Equal 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Less Equal Between 2 Out of Range Yes Yes Yes Yes Detail Data pattern hexadecimal or binary Data Dec Reference value decimal 1 Set one reference value 2 Set two reference values to define a reference range Set the lower limit in the left entry box and the upper limit in the right entry box Byte Order Data order e Sign Signed or unsigned e MSB LSB Most significant and least significant bit positions Set the MSB in the left entry box and the LSB in the right entry box True False Frame Type Data x X x P lt Px Px Py x Tx ACK Set the data pattern hexadecimal Greater Equal Less Equal Be Frame lype Data J pic 8 Data Greater Equal Data Dec 255 Byte Order Big Litte Sign Sign Unsign MSB LSB os Om ACK tween Out of Range Frame lype Data y Dic 8 Data Between
189. 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the threshold level of the trace or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt NRf gt lt Volta ge gt lt Current gt SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See sections 5 2 to 5 6 Example SEARCH1 TRACE1 LEVEL 0 SEARCH1 TRACE1 LEVEL gt SEARCH1 TRACE1 LEVEL 0 000E 00 Description This command applies to the channel corresponding to the source specified by the following commands e SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus CLOCk SOURce e SEARch lt x gt STRace e SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce e SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe e SEARch lt x gt SPIBus DATA 1 2 TRACe SEARCh lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the search type or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt TYPE CANBus EDGE EQUalify I2CBus LEDGe LI2Cbus LINBus LLINbus LQUalify LSPAttern LSPIbus LSTate LUARt LWIDth SPATtern SPIBus STATe UART WIDTh SEARCh lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 TYPE CANBus SEARCH1 TYPE gt SEARCH1 TYPE CANBus Description LEDGe LI2Cbus LLINbus LQUalify LSPAttern LSPlbus LS Tate LUARt LWIDth can be applied to DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt UART Function Queries all settings related to the UAR
190. 710L spuewwoy uonesiunwwog ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus REVision Function Sets the revision 1 3 2 0 or Both of the logic LIN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus REVision BOTH LIN1_ 3 LIN2_ 0 ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus REVision lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS REVISION LIN1 3 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS REVISION gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS REVISION LIN1_ 3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 25 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus SPOint Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus SPOint lt NRE gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus SPOint lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS SPOINT 18 8 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS SPOINT gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS SPOINT Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 18 8E 00 ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus TRACe Function Sets the trace of the logic LIN bus signal analysis or
191. 7461721 f Ww i Simple display ASCII r nn LNe Time ms DatafBin Data No Time ms Size Data Hex Information No ASCII Information 0 0 4944 00110000 30 0 80 912 6 47 50 53 32 30 30 La e 1 1 0168 01010011 53 1 80 339 7 53 74 61 72 74 SF 41 2 1 5872 01110100 74 2 79765 6 33 36 3A 31 36 35 3 2 1616 01100001 61 3 79192 7 31 34 32 3A 35 33 31 4 2 7348 01110010 72 4 78 621 6 47 50 53 32 30 30 Detail display ASCII X00 74 5 77110 7 53 74 61 7274 SF 41 WINDOW No Time ms ASCII Information A 3 2 31 Sree Q 3 32 30 30 1 0168 51 72 74 F41 ro go 0 1 2 1 5872 3 2 1616 4 2 7348 5 3 3072 7 8 9 ho Ooo ON on ww N e ID Ww ool roo oe 3 8792 4 4520 5 9620 6 5376 Dow oe IM 701310 51E 4 9 sisAjeuy 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results e Decoded Field Display Decodes each field value and displays the value in color Data Cyan Parity Yellow Start Bit Gray fill Stop Bit Gray fill Error Red Framing Error Displays Framing Error using black characters on a red background in the field in which an error occurs It is displayed with higher precedence than Parity Error e Parity Error Displays the characters of the field in which an error occurs using black characters on red background Zoom Link Select the zoom link from the following OFF Disables the zoom link feature Zoom1 Links to
192. 9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus trigger three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 TRIGger LOGic SPIBus MODE Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS MODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic UART Function Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic UART Example TRIGGER LOGIC UART gt TRIGGER LOGIC UART BRATE 19200 DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST DSIZE 1 PATTERN X1011111 TRIGGER LOGIC UART ERROR FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 PMODE EVEN TRIGGER LOGIC UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY MODE DATA POLARITY NEGATIVE SOURCE A0 SPOINT 18 8E 00 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic UART BRATe Function Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt TRIGger LOGic UART BRATe lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 lt NRf gt of U
193. A t Recessive EOF JIS MOV S 1D 28 18 g ble CRC nT e Sequence Ula adl Dominant Aiepunog 949 y I 1 11 111 4 15 S ay 27 3 e Extended format Remote Frame S Arbitration Field Control Field i CRC Field C A gt gt fepunog yoy yw A Recessive DLC CRC EOF Sequence aly s ogy wo WIS MOV 28 18 95 ID 17 0 7 aim Dominant Aiepunog 949 y si 11 11 18 be 4 15 A t ay 27 3 Positions 1 to 5 above are trigger points for the following conditions 1 Mode SOF 2 Mode ID X Frame RTR Don t care ACK Don t care 3 Mode ID X Frame RTR Remote ACK Don t care 4 ACK Not Don t care ID X ID Std Data ID Ext Data or ID Data OR gt E Error Frame Error F y rror Frame gt eves EA ias s Recessive Data Frame or Remote Frame lt Error Flag Error Boundary Dominant 6 lt Error Flag lt 12 8 If the mode is set to Error Frame the trigger point is the 6th error flag bit 3 20 IM 701310 51E 3 3 Triggering on a LIN Bus Signal Procedure ACQUIRE HORIZONTAL ACO COUNT ACTION 7 TRIG MODE m TRIGGER lt TDN gt D 1 Press ENHANCED 2 Press these soft keys Type gt LIN gt Setup The Setup dialog box appears Setting the Bit Rate 3 Use the rotary
194. A TRACe lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup DATA TRACe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA TRACe 1 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA TRACe gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA TRACe 1 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup GCAL1 Function Queries all settings related to the general call of the IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general call of the IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is fixed 1 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA BA SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup
195. ANALYZE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE 12CBUS CLOCK A0 DTRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1_ 3 TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 MODE DETAIL SCROLLHORIZONTAL ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE MODE CANBUS RPOINT MANUAL 1 00000E 00 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A2 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUSSETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic I C bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE 12CBUS gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE 12CBUS CLOCK AO DTRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus CLOCk Function Sets the clock channel of the logic 1 C bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus CLOCk A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CB
196. ANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111000011101110 IFI Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt HEXA Function Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT HEXA 1AEF5906 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt PATTern Function Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 29 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111000011101110 5 i as TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111000011101110 11111 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd Function Queries all settings related to the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANB
197. ART bus setup bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BRATe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BRATE 19200 Syntax Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BRATE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART BRATE 19200 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART FORMat Function Sets the UART bus setup data format or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BIT8Parity SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART FORMat lt x gt 10r2 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART FORMAT gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY Syntax Example SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART PMODe Function Sets the UART bus setup Parity mode or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART PMODe EVEN ODD SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART PMODe lt x gt 1o0r2 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART PMODE EVEN Syntax Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART PMODE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART PMODE EVEN SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART POLarity Function Sets the UART bus setup polarity or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART POLarity NEGative POSitive SERi
198. ATA1 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DATA1 gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Descriptions Use TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA1 when TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition GTHan is specified e Use TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA2 when TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition LTHan is specified e Use TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATAI to set the smaller value and TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA2 to set the larger value when TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANge is specified TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DLC Function Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DLC lt NR gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DLC lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 8 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DLC 0 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DLC gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DLC 0 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA HEXA Function Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in hex
199. Auto Setup You can adjust the items according to the serial bus signal type For the selectable ranges see the referenced sections 12C SDA and SCL source levels and hysteresis See Explanation in section 4 2 CAN Source signal s bit rate level hysteresis recessive level and sample point See Explanation in section 4 3 LIN Source signal s bit rate level hysteresis sample point and revision See Explanation in section 4 4 SPI Bit order CS clock and data source levels hysteresis and polarities See Explanation in section 4 5 UART Source signal s bit rate level hysteresis sample point polarity format and bit order See Explanation in section 4 6 Trigger Analysis and Search Features For the procedure on how to use the trigger analysis and search features see the referenced sections below Trigger Analysis Search C Section 3 1 Section 4 2 Section 5 2 CAN Section 3 2 Section 4 3 Section 5 3 LIN Section 3 3 Section 4 4 Section 5 4 SPI Section 3 4 Section 4 5 Section 5 5 UART Section 3 5 Section 4 6 Section 5 6 Linking the Auto Setup Analysis and Search Settings to the Trigger Feature To share auto setup analysis and search settings with the trigger feature you must link the trigger feature to the auto setup e Ifyou execute auto setup a link will automatically be established to Setup 1 or Setup 2 whichever auto setup that you executed e If you select No
200. BFirst MSBFirst SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus BITorder lt x gt 10r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS BITORDER gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the channel of the clock signal of the SPI bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRACE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 81 bas spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 5 SERialbus Group SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the channel of the clock signal of the SPI bus setup SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk Syntax POLarity lt x gt 10r2 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL Example SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk TRACe Function Sets the channel of the clock signal of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk TRACe lt x gt 1o0r2
201. BIT7APSUB ADDRESS CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 0 MODE 0 A PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 12CBUS PATTERN1 10101011 K SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN2 10101011 PATTERN 11101111 SEARCH1 I2CBUS PATTERN3 10101011 SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT7APSUB SEARCH1 PATTERN4 10101011 PMODE DONTCARE I2CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 0 MODE 0 BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 PATTERN1 10101011 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP GCALL PATTERN2 10101011 SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SEARCH1 12CBUS PATTERN3 10101011 SETUP MODE SBHSMODE NAIGNORE HSMODE 0 PATTERN4 10101011 RACCESS 0 SBYTE 0 SEARCH1 1I2CBUS PMODE DONTCARE SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE SBYTE GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP MODE SBHSMODE IM 701310 51E 7 47 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa Function Queries all settings related to the address of the IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP
202. Bus Sets the type of the start byte or high speed mode of the I2C bus signal 7 52 search or queries the current setting Queries all settings related to the LIN bus signal search or queries the 7 53 current setting SEARCh lt x gt LIN Bus SETup Queries all settings related to setup of the LIN bus signal search or queries 7 53 the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LIN BLENgth Bus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search break length or queries the current setting 7 53 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup BRATe Sets the LIN bus signal search bitrate data transfer rate or queries the 7 53 current setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Queries all settings related to data of the LIN bus signal search or queries 7 53 the current setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the number of LIN bus signal search data bytes or queries the current 7 53 BNUM setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the data byte order of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current 7 53 BORDer setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the LIN bus signal search data or queries the current setting 7 54 CONDition SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the comparison data of the LIN bus signal search data or queries the 7 54 DATA lt x gt current setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the LIN
203. Bus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 108 LOGic SPIBus BITorder TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic SPI bus trigger 7 108 LOGic SPIBus CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the 7 108 LOGic SPIBus CLOCk POLarity current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 109 LOGic SPIBus CLOCk SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger 7 109 LOGic SPIBus CS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the active level of the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries 7 109 LOGic SPIBus CS ACTive the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the chip select trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current 7 109 LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the data of the logic SPI bus trigger 7 109 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the number of bytes of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries 7 110 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the determination method match or not match of th
204. C I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BI 7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BI lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7APsub ADDRess PATTern LOGIC I2CBUS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I2C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER
205. C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Setting the Qualification 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the logic to AND or OR 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the state of signals other than those selected for the SDA and SCL to H L or X On the DL9500 DL9700 Series if you selected Logic in step 11 select Qualification In the dialog box that appears use the rotary knob and SET to select H L or X When you are done setting the states press ESC to return to the previous screen Setting the Level and Hysteresis Set the level and hysteresis if you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series and you selected Analog in step 11 or if you are using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Setup under Level Hys The Level Hys dialog box appears 17 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis for each source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series Condition Source Source SDA SCL Qualification Qe Logic AND CHL CH2 CH3 CH4 SCL SDA M1 M2 M3 M4 x x x Level Hys CH4 and M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series When Analog is selected in step 11 When Logic is selected in step 11 You can select the status of the CH1 to signals excluding the signals selected for SDA and SCL sources CH M Condition
206. CAN LIN SPI UART Trigger type Type Changes to the selected trigger type menu Source Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Bit rate Bitrate No Yes Yes No Yes Level Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Hysteresis Hys Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Sample point No Yes Yes No Yes Recessive level No Yes No No No Revision No No Yes No No Polarity active No No No Yes Yes Bit order No No No Yes Yes Wiring system Mode No No No Yes No Format No No No No Yes Parity No No No No Yes Yes Shared item No Item not available The trigger feature does not have a setup menu Note When a setup data file is loaded the way in which the loaded settings are applied to the items shared among different serial bus trigger types varies depending on the firmware version as follows On products with firmware version earlier than 4 20 the level and hysteresis settings are stored separately for Analysis 1 Search 1 Analysis 2 and Search 2 to the setup data file If you load this file into a product with firmware version 4 20 or later the Analysis 1 settings are applied to Analysis 1 and Search 1 settings and the Analysis 2 settings are applied to the Analysis 2 and Search 2 settings Ona product with firmware version earlier than 4 20 the Analysis 2 and Search 2 settings shown in the following table are saved separately to the setup data file If this file is loaded into a product with firmware version 4 20 or later the Analysis 2 settings are applied to the Analysis 2 and Search
207. CESS ON TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I12CBus NAIGnore SBYTe lt Boolean gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE ON TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode Function Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the logic I C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic 12CBus SBHSmode Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE Function Sets the type of start byte and high speed mode of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I12CBus SBHSmode TYPE HSMode SBYTe TRIGger LOGic I12CBus SBHSmode TYPE Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS SBHSMODE T
208. CH1 CANBUS SETUP ACK ACK 7 44 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA CONDition Function Sets the data condition of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA CONDition lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt Function Sets the comparison data of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 5 3 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 1 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Descriptions Use SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA1 when SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA CONDition GTHan is specified e Use SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA2 when SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA CONDition LTHan is specified e Use SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA1 to set the smalle
209. CK gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 DATA BYTE I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS DATA CLOCk SOURce BYTE 1 Function Sets the clock channel of the IC bus signal trigger or TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA queries the current setting BYTE Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt DATA BYTE 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk SOURCe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus lt x gt 10r2 DATA CONDition lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Function Sets the determination method match or not match Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS CLOCK of the data of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the SOURCE 1 current setting TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS CLOCK Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt 12CBus SOURCE DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt 1I2CBus CLOCK SOURCE 1 DATA CONDit ion lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA CONDITION TRUE 7 96 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA DPOSition Function Sets the po
210. CKSUM 1 FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 SYNCH 1 TOUT 1 7 54 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor CHECksum Function Sets the LIN bus signal search Checksum error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor CHECksum lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor CHECksum lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM ON SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor FRAMing Function Sets the LIN bus signal search Framing error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor FRAMing lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor FRAMing lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR FRAMING ON SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR FRAMING gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR FRAMING 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor PARity Function Sets the LIN bus signal search Parity error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor PARity lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor PARity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR PARITY ON SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR PARITY gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR PARITY 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor SYNCh Function Set
211. Ce Function Sets the trace of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup TRACe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP TRACE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUSSETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 11101111 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXXK PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA2 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 0 DSIZE 1 PATTERN XXXXXXXXK PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX TRACE A2 SEARCH1
212. Ck SOURce Function Sets the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk SOURCe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus Cs
213. Customize Position O byte Size 4 byte OFF oN n x x x pp p lt Beta D CAN Line LIN e Field ai eal x SPI Frame Skip Translucent i 24 8 DART oF on Setting the Data Trigger Condition 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the condition to True or False and set the position and size 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the address pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen e Ifyou select 4 wire in step 4 set Data 1 and Data 2 Data Data Pattern Condition True False H decimal Position O byte size 4 byte ea dk ea min ea y Hexadecima X Px gt pp fx y Binary X X X X xid bxd kx xx Set the data pattern hexadecimal IM 701310 51E 3 23 BuvebbuL e 3 4 Triggering on a SPI Bus Signal Setting the CS Clock and Data Sources 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab If you a using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series proceed to step 9 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Select to Analog or Logic
214. D lt x gt DATA BORDer lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER BIG TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA BORDER BIG a a TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition Function Sets each data condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA CONDITION BETWEEN IM 701310 51E 7 117 bas spuewwoy uolnesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt Function Sets comparison data of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA D
215. DE ADATA TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS MODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS MODE ADATA Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 134 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore Function Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger TRIGger LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS NAIGNORE gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode lt Boolean gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE ON TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess lt Boolean gt TRIGger LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore RACCess Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE RAC
216. DISPlay lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY ON ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST ITEM Function Queries all items displayed on the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST ITEM lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST ITEM gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST ITEM No S P Hex Form R W ACK Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST MODE Function Sets the mode of the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST MODE DETail SIMPle ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST MODE DETAIL ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST MODE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST MODE DETAIL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 26 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST SCRoll Function Sets the scroll method of the analy
217. DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 31 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART TRACe Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis trace or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART TRACE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ZLINkage Function Sets the zoom link of the logic serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ZLINkage OFF Z1 Z2 ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ZLINkage lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ZLINKAGE OFF ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ZLINKAGE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ZLINKAGE OFF Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis SBUS lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the serial bus signal analysis feature ANALysis SBUS lt x gt lt x g
218. E Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition Function Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 HEXA1 AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L D
219. EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BI 7APsub SADDress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BI PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTE
220. ERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS MODE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each trace Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt lt x gt of SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 0000000E 00 LEVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HYySTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the threshold level of each trace or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HySTeresis lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt of SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div in 0 1 div steps Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the threshold level of each trace or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt Current gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt x gt of SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt
221. ESIS gt MATH1 SBIT HYSTERESIS 1 00000E 00 MATH lt x gt SBIT LEVel Function Sets the threshold level of the stuff bit computation or queries the current setting Syntax MATH lt x gt SBIT LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt bas lt Current gt MATH lt x gt SBIT LEVel lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt and lt Current gt See section 4 3 MATH1 SBIT LEVEL 1 Example MATH1 SBIT LEVEL gt MATH1 SBIT LEVEL 1 0000000E 00 MATH lt x gt SBIT RECessive Function Sets the recessive level bus level of the stuff bit computation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SBIT RECessive HIGH LOw MATH lt x gt SBIT RECessive lt x gt 1 to 4 MATH1 SBIT RECESSIVE HIGH MATH1 SBIT RECESSIVE gt MATH1 SBIT RECESSIVE HIGH spuewwoy uoljesunwwo Syntax Example MATH lt x gt SBIT SPOint Function Sets the sample point of the stuff bit computation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SBIT SPOint lt NR gt MATH lt x gt SBIT SPOint lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 MATH1 SBIT SPOINT 18 8 MATH1 SBIT SPOINT gt MATH1 SBIT SPOINT 18 8E 00 Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 43 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt CANBus Function Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS gt SEARCH1 CANB
222. ET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen IM 701310 51E 5 19 jo 5 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data to compare in each entry box Set each item according to the comparison condition you selected in step 7 Comparison Setting Condition Size Detail Data Dec Byte Order Sign MSB LSB True False Yes Yes No No No No Greater Equal Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Less Equal Between 2 Out of Range Yes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Set Not set e Size Data length to compare e Detail Data pattern hexadecimal or binary e Data Dec Reference value decimal 1 Set one reference value 2 Set two reference values to define a reference range Set the lower limit in the left entry box and the upper limit in the right entry box e Byte Order Data order e Sign Signed or unsigned e MSB LSB Most significant and least significant bit positions Set the MSB in the left entry box and the LSB in the right entry box True False Data mel M Data Pattern Size 8 byte z X x x 1x xIx xIx xX X x X X X xX Hexadecimal ry XIXIXIX XIXIXIX EE KIXIXIX BEPC DEY BCCI KP PPK xxkk Binary xP IX
223. ETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic I2C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic IC bus s
224. EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is fixed to 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA AB Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 7 characters by combining 0 1 and X TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Function Sets the second byte type of the general call of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe BIT7maddress DONTcare H04 H06 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS GCA SBYTE BIT7MADDRE
225. Frame No 0 Frame 2 frame 1 is No 1 frame 3 is No 1 and frame 4 is No 2 C Frame No 0 Frame 3 frame 1 is No 2 frame 2 is No 1 and frame 4 is No 1 IM 701310 51E 4 3 Analyzing a CAN Bus Signal and Performing Stuff Bit Computation Stuff Bit Computation In CAN communications whenever a transmitter detects five consecutive bits of identical value in the Start of Frame to CRC bit sequence it automatically inserts a complementary bit called a stuff bit in the sixth bit The DL9000 can extract stuff bits from the CAN bus signal waveform and display them as a MATH waveform Stuff bit Stuff bit CAN bus signal waveform 1 2 3 4 5 16 12345 16 Stuff bit computing waveform Computation Source Waveform Select the source waveform from CH1 to CH4 or from REF1 to REF4 sisAjeuy Bit Rate Sample Point Bus Level See the respective description in Analysis on the previous page IM 701310 51E 4 17 4 4 Analyzing a LIN Bus Signal 1 Carry out steps 1 to 4 in section 4 1 to set the analysis type to LIN 2 Press the Decode Setup soft key The Decode Setup dialog box appears Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point and Revision 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 19200bps to 1200bps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 1000bps to 20000bps using the rotary knob and SET 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point
226. H Example 7 82 IM 701310 51E 7 5 SERialbus Group SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe Function Sets each data channel of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe lt x gt of SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus ITIMe Function Sets the idle time used in SPI bus setup or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus ITIMe lt Time gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus ITIMe lt x gt 10r2 lt Time gt 10ns to ims in 10 ns steps Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS ITIME 10NS SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS ITIME gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS ITIME 10 0000E 09 SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus MODE Function Sets the wiring method 3 wire 4 wire of the SPI bus setup or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 S
227. Hanced CANBus ACK Sets the ACK condition of the CAN bus signal trigger queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus ACK ACK ACKBoth DONTcare NONack TRIGger ENHanced CANBus ACK TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS ACK ACK TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS ACK gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS ACK ACK 7 114 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NR gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus BRATe lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See section 3 2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS BRATE 83300 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS BRATE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS BRATE 83300 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Function Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal trigger data Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111001010110010001111000100100 1100101010001000010001111111111010 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA BORDer Function Sets the byte order of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting Syntax TRIG
228. High speed CAN ISO 11898 and Low speed CAN ISO 11519 2 As shown in the following figure the bus level is determined by the potential difference between two buses CAN_High and CAN_Low in either standard High speed CAN ISO11898 Low speed CAN ISO11519 2 Transfer rate 1 Mbps or less Transfer rate 125 kbps or less Node n Node n Node 1 Max 30 Node 1 Max 20 CAN_High CAN_High mmHg T 120005 2 2 KQ CAN_Low CAN_Low r Ke o AM r xe 2 2kQ CAN bus physical signal CAN bus physical signal 5 5 S4 CAN_High S4 g3 7 N g3 9 P 2 a SOAR ga i 0 _LOW 0 CAN_High Recessive Dominant Recessive Recessive Dominant Recessive Connecting the Probe Probe to Be Used A differential probe is used when measuring CAN bus signals Compatible differential probes 701920 701922 and 701924 by Yokogawa When displaying the recessive voltage level higher than the dominant voltage level Recessive H e Fora two wire system differential Connect the differential probe negative to CAN_High and the probe positive to CAN_Low Fora one wire system single ended Connect the differential probe negative to CAN_High and probe positive to GND ground potential When displaying the recessive voltage level less than the dominant voltage level Recessive L e Fora two wire system differential Connect t
229. I bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DPOSITION 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1L DPOSITION gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DPOSITION 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe Function Sets the number of fields in the data used for logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt DSIZe lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATAL DSIZE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1L DSIZE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 DSIZE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic SPI bus signal search in hexade
230. I12CBus DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA CONDition Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS DATA CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA CONDITION TRUE TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA DPOSition Function Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus DATA DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus DATA o POSition lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the 1 C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 1I2CBUS DATA HEXA1 AB TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA MODE Function Enables Disables the data conditions of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus DATA MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus DATA MODE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA MODE ON TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA MODE
231. ID lt x gt FORMat lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111 00001110111011111 7 90 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt HEXA Function Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt HEXA lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDEXT HEXA 1AEF5906 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID
232. IGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt HEXA Function Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT HEXA l1AEF5906 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt PATTern Function Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt PATTern lt String gt 29 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Function Queries all settings related to the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 000000010010001101000101011001 1110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 110101011110
233. IGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK DONTCARE DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 0000000100100011010001010110 011110001001101010111100110111101111 SIGN UNSIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 110101011110011011110 11110000 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00100100011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 0 RTR DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK Function Sets each ACK condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK ACK ACKBoth DONTcare NONack TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK ACK TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 ACK ACK Syntax Example 7 88 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt
234. IM701331 01E Analysis For the procedure see section 4 3 This feature analyzes the CAN bus signal data and shows a list of the analysis results There are two types of analysis result lists simple and detail The simple list displays the analysis number the type of analyzed frame ID Data ACK slot status for each frame The detail list displays the time from the trigger position DLC and CRC sequence in addition to the items displayed by the simple list The data of the analysis result can be saved to an arbitrary storage medium in CSV format You can select an arbitrary frame in the analysis results list and automatically display the CAN bus signal for that frame zoom link The zoom position the center of the zoom box can be moved to the head of a specified field of the frame field jump Stuff Bit Computation gt For the procedure see section 4 3 Stuff bits within the CAN bus signals can be detected and stuff bit waveforms can be displayed as math waveforms stuff bit computation Search gt For the procedure see section 5 3 A specific frame or field can be searched on the CAN bus signal data When the search is executed the zoom box moves to the data position where the conditions are met and the data is displayed expanded in the zoom window Zoom1 or Zoom2 IM 701310 51E 1 2 CAN Bus Signal High speed CAN 1SO11898 and Low speed CAN 1SO11519 2 Representative standards for the CAN physical layer are
235. IN bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 11 BRATE 19200 DATA BORDER BIG BNUM 8 CONDITION TRUE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 127 00000E 00 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 0 FRAMING 0 PARITY 0 SYNCH 0 TOUT 0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN XXXXXX SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA REVISION LIN2_0 SPOINT 50 0E 00 TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic LIN bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 11 BRATE 19200 DATA BORDER BIG BNUM 8 CONDITION TRUE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 Syntax DATA2 127 00000E 00 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 0 FRAMING 0 PARITY 0 SYNCH 0 TOUT 0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN XXXXXX SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA REVISION LIN2_0 SPOINT 50 0E 00 TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L D
236. IS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1_ 3 SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus BRATe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 4 4 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp BREak Function Executes a field jump to the Break Field in the results of the logic LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp BREak lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS FJUMP BREAK Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus FJUMp CSUM Function Executes a field jump to the Checksum Field in the results of the logic LIN bus signal analysis
237. L9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 63 bas spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup BLENgth Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search break length or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup LENgth lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup BLENgth lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 10 to 13 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 10 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 10 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax w Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup BRATe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 5 4 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BRATE 19200 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BRATE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP BRATE 19200 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA Function Quer
238. L9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 110 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce Function Sets the trace of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURCe lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt y gt 0to7 Examp
239. L9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup BITorder lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each data of the logic SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 11101111 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXXK PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX TRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L DATA2 is valid when SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup MODE WIRE4 is specified spuewwoy uoljesunwwo SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt BYTE Function Sets the data size in bytes of each data of the
240. LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 106 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode Function Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 1I2CBUS SBHSMODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE Function Sets the type of start byte and high speed mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE HSMode SBYTe T
241. LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BRATE 19200 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BRATE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BRATE 19200 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BSPace Function Sets the byte space for grouping data that is used in logic UART signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BSPace lt Time gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART BSPace lt x gt 10r2 lt Time gt See section 4 6 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BSPACE 10ms ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BSPACE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART BSPACE 10 00E 03 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 30 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART DFORmat Function Sets the decoded character display format for logic UART signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART DFORmat ASCii HEXA ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART DFORmat lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART DFORMAT ASCII ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART DFORMAT gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART DFORMAT ASCII Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L
242. LYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUSSETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST EMSBLSB 1 7 FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 0000E 09 MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 27 spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus CLO
243. Lysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the source channel of the serial bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt lt x gt of SBUS lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the threshold level of the source channel of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt HySTeresis lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis lt x gt of SBUS lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of TRACe lt x gt 1 to 8 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 HYSTERESIS gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt LEVel Function Sets the level of the threshold level of the source channel of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt NRf gt lt Voltage gt lt current gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze TRACe lt x gt LEVel lt x gt of SBUS lt x gt
244. MODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup REVision Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup REVision BOTH LIN1_ 3 LIN2_ 0 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup REVision lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP REVISION LIN1 3 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP REVISION gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP REVISION LIN1 3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup SPOint Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search sampling point or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup SPOint lt NRE gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP SPOINT gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP SPOINT 18 8E 00 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L spuewwoy uoljesunwwo Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 67 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup TRA
245. MSB LSB ys 0 6div Revision LIN 2 0 r 4 Active H L Set the bit order Clock CH1 Level 0 0V UART Hys 0 6div x lari Fy t Tye Set the level hysteresis and ee Stee Select this check box to set polarity of the CS clock and ed AECODE Auto Setup any bit rate in the given data sources a lt SEARCH range Aire F i z If you set the wiring system Bitrate 19200 bps User gt i Data 2 CH3 Lv a7OmV Set the bit rate level to 3 wire one Data item will Level 7 00 Hys 0 6dw hysteresis sample point appear because there is one Hys 0 6div Sample Point 50 0 7 polarity format and bit data source U Active H L Polarity HPos _fi Neg i order Format Sbit NonParity Bit Order MSB LSB e Using a Short Cut to Move to the Trigger Analysis or Search Menu 9 Press the appropriate soft key from To SERIAL BUS TRIGGER to To SEARCH to select the feature you want to set in more detail The respective feature menu appears For a detailed explanation of each feature see the respective section indicated in Explanation in this section Undo Short cut To SERIAL BUS TRIGGER To DECODE To SEARCH IM 701310 51E 2 3 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup Linking the Serial Bus Setup to the Trigger Feature Explanation Carry out the step below to link the trigger feature to the serial bus setup Use the rotary knob and SET to s
246. Ming Function Sets the logic UART bus signal search Framing error or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor FRAMing lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor FRAMing lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR FRAMING ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR FRAMING gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR FRAMING 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example 7 72 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor PARity Function Sets the logic UART bus signal search Parity error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor PARity lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor PARity lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR PARITY ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR PARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR PARITY 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor PMODe Function Sets the logic UART bus signal search Parity mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor PMODe EVEN ODD SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor PMODe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR PMODE EVEN SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR PMODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR PMODE EVEN Description This command can
247. N ACK in high speed mode of the I2C bus signal 7 99 CBus NAIGnore HSMode trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the 1 C bus signal 7 99 CBus NAIGnore RACCess trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the IC bus signal 7 99 2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Start trigger or queries the current setting Byte TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the C 7 99 2CBus SBHSmode bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the type of the start byte or high speed mode of the I2C bus signal 7 99 CBus SBHSmode TYPE trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to LIN bus signal triggers of each event 7 99 LINBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the LIN bus signal trigger bitrate data transfer rate or queries the 7 99 LINBus BRATe current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the LIN bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting 7 100 LINBus SOURce TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the logic I2C bus trigger of the event 7 100 LOGic 12CBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the address of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 100 LOGic 12CBus ADATa IM 70
248. N2 10101010 PATTERN3 10101111 PATTERN4 10101011 PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS MODE ADATA NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the address of the IC bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS IM 701310 51E 7 93 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT10address Function Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT10address lt x gt 1o0r2 Example
249. NHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA PATTERN 11011111 7 118 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN Function Sets sign of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA SIGN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA SIGN SIGN 4 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt FORMat Function Sets each message format standard or extended of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt X gt FORMat STD EXT TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt FORMat lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 FORMAT STD a TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt Function Queries all settings related to the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENH
250. NHANCED CANBus DATA CONDition LTHan is specified e Use TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus DATA DATA1 to set the smaller value and TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus DATA DATA2 to set the larger value when TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANge is specified r TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA DLC Function Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA DLC lt NR gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA DLC lt NRf gt 0 to 8 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DLC 0 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DLC gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DLC 0 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA HEXA Function Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA HEXA lt String gt lt String gt Up to 16 characters by combining 0 to F and X in one byte unit Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA HEXA A9 IM 701310 51E 7 115 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA MSBLsb Function Sets the MSB and LSB bits of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt See section 3 2 TRIGGER
251. NHanced SPIBus CLOCk SOURCe e TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS SOURce TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA 1 2 SOURCe TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt STATe Function Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger SOURCe CHANnel lt x gt STATe DONTcare HIGH LOw TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt STATe lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 STATE HIGH RIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 STATE gt TRIGGER SOURCE CHANNEL1 STATE HIGH Descriptions This command is valid when TRIGger TYPE I2CBus e TRIGger TYPE Function Sets the trigger type or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger TYPE CANBus EDGE EICYcle EIDelay EISequence EOR EQUalify I2CBus LEDGe LINBus LI2Cbus LLINbus LSPAttern LSPIbus LPsTate PULse LQUalify LSTate LUARt PQUalify PSTAte PULSe SPATtern SPIBus STATe TV UART TRIGger TYPE Example TRIGGER TYPE CANBUS TRIGGER TYPE gt TRIGGER TYPE CANBUS Description _LEDGe LI2Cbus LLINbus LSPAttern LSPlbus LPSTate LPULse LQUalify LSTate LUARt can be applied to DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L spuewwoy uonesiunwwog IM 701310 51E 7 139 Chapter 8 Specifications 8 1 I C Bus Signal Analysis Item Specifications Bus transfer rate Up to 3 4 Mbit s Address mode 7 bits or 10 bits Triggering Trigger source On the DL9040 DL91
252. NON ACK ignore mode of the I2C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus NAIGnore Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode lt Boolean gt TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE ON TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 125 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus NAIGnore RACCess lt Boolean gt TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus NAIGnore RACCess Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS ON TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus NAIG
253. NT1 CANBUS IDOR ID2 FORMAT STD IDEXT PATTERN 10010001101000101011001111000 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID2 IDSTD PATTERN 10001010110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID2 MODE 0 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus ACK Function Syntax Example Sets the ACK condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus ACK ACK ACKBoth DONTcare NONack TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus ACK lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS ACK ACK TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS ACK gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS ACK ACK TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus BRATe Function Syntax Example Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NR gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus BRATe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See section 3 2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS BRATE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA Function Syntax Example Queries all setting
254. NTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa TYPE DATA Function Sets the address type of the IC bus signal trigger or Function Queries all settings related to the data of the IC bus queries the current setting signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa TYPE BIT10address BIT7ADdress DATA BIT7APsub lt x gt 10r2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt 12CBus Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATa TYPE DATA lt x gt 10r2 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 TYPE BIT10ADDRESS MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA PATTERN2 10101010 TYPE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 PATTERN3 10101111 I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN4 10101011 PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the DATA BYTE IC bus signal trigger Function Sets the number of data bytes of the I C bus signal Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus trigger or queries the current setting CLOCk Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus lt x gt 1o0r2 DATA BYTE lt NR gt Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt 12CBus CLO
255. NTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the data of the logic SPI bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L DATA2 is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus MODE WIRE4 is specified Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 109 spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 6 TRIGger Group
256. Nt lt x gt SPIBus MODE WIRE4 is specified 7 112 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE Function Sets the number of bytes of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATAL BYTE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATAL CONDITION TRUE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition Function Sets the pattern comparison start positi
257. OGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA CONDition Function Sets the data condition of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA CONDition lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION BETWEEN SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION BETWEEN Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 64 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt Function Sets the comparison data of the logic LIN bus signal search data or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 5 4 SEARCH
258. P1 LINBUS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 BRATE 19200 REVISION SPOINT 18 8E 00 LINBUS LIN1_ 3 TRACE 1 SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus BRATe Sets the LIN bus setup bit rate data transfer rate or Function Syntax Example queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt 1 LINBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt 1 lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 LINBus BRATe 9600 19200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 5 4 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS BRATE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus REVision Sets the LIN bus setup revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or Function Syntax Example queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt 1 LINBus REVision BOTH LIN1_ 3 LIN2_0 SERialbus SETup lt x gt 1 lt x gt 1o0r2 LINBus REVision SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS REVISION LIN1 3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS REVISION gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 REVISION LIN1 3 LINBUS SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus SPOint Sets the LIN bus setup sample point or queries the Function Syntax Example current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt 1 SPOint lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt 1 lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 LINBus LINBus SPOint SERIALBUS SETU
259. P1 LINBUS SPOINT 18 8 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS SPOINT gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 LINBUS SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus TRACe Function Sets the LIN bus setup trace or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus TRACe lt x gt 1 o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS TRACE 1 Syntax Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS TRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS TRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus lt x gt 1 o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS ITIME 10 0000E 09 MODE WIRE3 SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus BITorder Function Sets the SPI bus setup bit order or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus BITorder LS
260. PI bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the 7 128 DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the source channel of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries 7 128 DATA lt x gt SOURce the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus MODE Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal trigger three wire or four wire 7 128 or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced UART Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal trigger 7 129 TRIGger ENHanced UART BRATe Sets the UART bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate or queries the 7 129 current setting TRIGger ENHanced UART FORMat Sets the UART bus signal trigger format or queries the current setting 7 129 TRIGger ENHanced UART POLarity Sets the UART bus signal trigger polarity or queries the current setting 7 129 TRIGger ENHanced UART SOURce Sets the UART bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting 7 129 TRIGger ENHanced UART SPOint Sets the UART bus signal trigger sample point or queries the current setting 7 129 TRIGger LOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the logic I C bus trigger 7 129 TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the address of the logic IC bus trigger 7 130 TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 130 BIT10address TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C b
261. RACE8 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus Function Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS BRATE 1000000 RECESSIVE HIGH SPOINT 62 5E 00 TRACE 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus BRATe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See section 4 3 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS BRATE 83300 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS BRATE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS BRATE 83300 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp ACK Function Executes a field jump to the ACK Field in the results of the CAN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FUUMp ACK lt x gt 1o0r2 7 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS FJUMP ACK o o 3 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus 3 FJUMp CONTrol Function Executes a field jump to the Control Field in the D result
262. RIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 3 e TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus trigger of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus lt x gt 1or2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS BRATE 19200 SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus BRATe lt NR gt USER lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus BRATe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 3 3 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS BRATE 19200 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS BRATE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS BRATE 19200 Description This command
263. RN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BI PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7APsub SADDress LOGIC 7APSUB SADDRESS 7 102 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa TYPE Function Sets the address type of the logic I2C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa TYPE BIT1l0address BIT7ADdress BIT7APsub TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS a ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TYPE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic IC bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 Description Th
264. S LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE AO ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic SPI bus signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST EMSBLSB 1 7 FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 0000E 09 MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup BITorder Function Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup BITorder lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST Descripti
265. S lt x gt ANALyze UART POLarity Function Sets the UART bus signal analysis polarity or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART POLarity NEGative POSitive ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART POLarity lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART POLARITY NEGATIVE ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART POLARITY gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART POLARITY NEGATIVE Syntax Example ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART SPOint Function Sets the UART bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART SPOint lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART SPOint lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART SPOINT 18 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART SPOINT gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART SPOINT 18 8E 00 Syntax Example ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART TRACe ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ZLINkage Function Sets the zoom link of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ZLINkage OFF Z1 Z2 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ZLINkage lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ZLINKAGE OFF ANALYSIS SBUS1 ZLINKAGE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ZLINKAGE OFF Syntax Example ANALysis TYPE lt x gt Function Sets the analysis fea
266. SBHSmode SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP MODE ADATA SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP MODE gt SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP MODE ADATA SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup NAIGnore Function Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the I C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup NAIGnore HSMode Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore HSMode lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore HSMode lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE ON SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup NAIGnore RACCess Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore RACCess lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore RACCess lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE RACCESS ON SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE RACCESS gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS
267. SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA YPE BIT1OADDRESS SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE gt YPE BIT1LOADDRESS SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA Queries all settings related to the data of the 1 C bus Function Syntax Example signal search SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SET lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP rup DATA DATA SEARCH1 I2CBUS SET ae CONDITION PATTERN 10101011 PATTERN2 10101011 PATTERN3 10101011 PATTERN4 TUP DATA BYTE 1 TRUE DPOSITION 0 MODE 0 10101011 PMODE DONTCARE SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA CONDition Function Syntax Example Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the IC bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA CONDition lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION TRUE SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION gt SEARCH1 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION TRUE SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA DPOSition Function Syntax Example Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the IC bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA DPO
268. SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA PATTern Function Sets the CAN bus signal search data in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining 0 1 and X in one byte unit Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA SIGN Function Sets the sign of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA SIGN lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA SIGN gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA SIGN SIGN IM 701310 51E 7 45 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt Function Queries all settings related to the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT PATTERN 11001011011100001110111011111 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup IDEXt HEXA Function Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN
269. SER See section 3 5 TRIGGER LOGIC UART BRATE 19200 TRIGGER LOGIC UART BRATE gt LOGIC UART BRATE 19200 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGGER TRIGger LOGic UART FORMat Function Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger format or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BIT8Parity TRIGger LOGic UART FORMat Example TRIGGER LOGIC UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY TRIGGER LOGIC UART FORMAT gt TRIGGER LOGIC UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 138 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic UART POLarity Function Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger polarity or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic UART POLarity NEGative POSitive TRIGger LOGic UART POLarity Example TRIGGER LOGIC UART POLARITY NEGATIVE TRIGGER LOGIC UART POLARITY gt TRIGGER LOGIC UART POLARITY NEGATIVE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic UART SOURce Function Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic UART SOURce A lt x gt TRIGger LOGic UART SOURce lt x gt O0to7 TRIGGER LOGIC UART SOURCE AO TRIGGER
270. SETUP MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART Function Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART BRATE 19200 DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST DSIZE 1 PATTERN X0101001 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 PMODE EVEN SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY MODE DATA POLARITY NEGATIVE SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 71 spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART BRATe Function Sets the logic UART bus signal search bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART BRATe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 5 6 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART BRATE 19200 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART BRATE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART BRATE 19200 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA Function Queries all settings related to data of the logic UART
271. SLOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I12CBus SETup lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC I12CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE TRACE A0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP MODE ADATA NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SB
272. SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CS lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive HIGH Low SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe Function Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe lt NR gt NONE SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CS TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS TRACE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS TRACE 1 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal search setup Syntax SEARCh lt x gt
273. SPIBus DATA lt x gt Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the logic SPI bus 7 137 DPOSition trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 138 HEXA lt x gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in binary notation or queries the 7 138 PATTern lt x gt current setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Sets the trace of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current 7 138 SOURce setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus MODE Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus trigger three wire or four wire or 7 138 queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic UART Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal trigger 7 138 TRIGger LOGic UART BRATe Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate or queries 7 138 the current setting TRIGger LOGic UART FORMat Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger format or queries the current setting 7 138 TRIGger LOGic UART POLarity Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger polarity or queries the current setting 7 139 TRIGger LOGic UART SOURce Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting 7 139 TRIGger LOGic UART SPOint Sets the logic UART bus signal trigger sample point or queries the current 7 139 setting TRIGger SOURce CHANnel lt x gt Sets the trigger level of the channel or queries
274. SS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS GCA SBYTE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus MODE Function Sets the trigger mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus MODE ADATa ESTart GCAL1 NAIGnore SBHSmode TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS MODE ADATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS MODE ADATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore Function Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 7 98 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus NAIGnore HSMode lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL
275. SS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 10101010 PATTERN3 10101111 PATTERN4 10101011 PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER ENHANCED bas gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BITLOADDRESS I2CBUS MODE ADATA NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 ro RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED S I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE 3 2 O TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa EA Function Queries all settings related to the address of the 1 C g bus signal trigger 9 Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa 3 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA 3 5 2 o TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT10address Function
276. SSIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SPOINT 62 5E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to each setup of the serial bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 CANBUS BRATE 83300 RECESSIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 I2CBUS CLOCK 1 DTRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1 3 TRACE 1 POINT 18 8E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 PIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY ALL TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS S ACTIVE HIGH RACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS DATA1 CTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 PIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH RACE 3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 0000000E 00 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE2 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE3 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACE4 HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 Wyn Nn HnPHA bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERIALBUS SETUP1 TRACES HYSTERESIS 300 00000E 03 EVEL 0 0000000E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup ABORt Function Cancels auto setup of the serial bus setup Syntax SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup ABORt lt x gt 1o0r2 Example
277. Setup source SEARCH Bitrate 19200 bps ll luser Executing Auto Setup 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Auto Setup Exec e The serial bus signal auto setup is executed Auto Setup Exec changes to Auto Setup Abort To stop auto setup select this using the rotary knob and SET e When you execute auto setup a link will automatically be established between the trigger feature and the serial bus setup that you select in step 3 Setup 1 or Setup 2 Nole a eee You cannot execute auto setup when the serial bus signal type is set to SPI and the CS source is set to None Exec SEARCH TRIGGER DECODE AE lg Undoing Auto Setup 7 Press the Undo soft key to set the settings back to the original values EE BUS SETUP iil Bus Setup Setup 1 Setup 2 Undo 2 2 IM 701310 51E 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup Adjusting the Settings after Auto Setup 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to adjust the items The adjustable items vary depending on the serial bus signal type
278. Sition lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SE DPOSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 SEARCH1 12CBUS SE SEARCH1 12CBUS SE DPOSITION SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA DPOSITION 1 up DA A UP DATA DPOSITION 1 UP DATA a SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA HEXA lt x gt Function Syntax Example Sets the data of the 1 C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA HEXA1 AB SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA MODE SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA BYTE Function Enables Disables the data conditions of the I C bus Function Sets the number of data bytes of the I C bus signal signal search or queries the current setting search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA Syntax SEARch lt x gt 12CBus SETup DATA MODE lt Boolean gt BYTE lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup DATA MODE SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup DATA BYTE lt x gt 10r2 lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA MODE ON lt NRf gt 1 to 4 SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA MODE Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA B
279. Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal analysis data format or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BITS8Parity ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART FORMat lt x gt 1o0r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART FORMAT gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART GROuping Function Syntax Example Turns on or off the grouping feature for UART signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART GROuping lt Boolean gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART GROuping lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART GROUPING ON ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART GROUPING gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART GROUPING 1 IM 701310 51E 7 41 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART PMODe Function Sets the UART bus signal analysis parity mode or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART PMODe EVEN ODD ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART PMODe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART PMODE EVEN ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART PMODE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART PMODE EVEN ANALysis SBU
280. Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 01111000 TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA2 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 01111000 TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 FSIZE 4 ITIME 10 0000E 09 MODE WIRE3 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity Function Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock channel of the
281. T MODE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST MODE DETAIL ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST SCRoll Function Sets the scroll method of the list display of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST SCRoll HORizontal VERTical ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST SCRol1 lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST SCROLL gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST VALue Function Queries the automated measured value of the specified analysis number in the analysis result list of the serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST VALue lt NR gt MAXimum MINimum lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 40000 to 40000 lt NRf gt 2999 to 2999 for ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze MODE CANBus Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST VALUE 1 gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST VALUE 1 P 00 A 0 Description Set the data to MAXimum or MINimum to specify the maximum list display number or the minimum list display number ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze MODE Function Sets the serial bus signal analysis mode or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze MODE CANBus I2CBus LIN SPIBus UART
282. T User s Manual DL9000 Series Digital Oscilloscope Serial Bus Signal Analysis Function The analysis features of I C bus signal CAN bus sig nal LIN bus signal SPI bus signal and UART signal YOKOGAWA IM 701310 51E i 7th Edition Yokogawa Electric Corporation Foreword Notes 7th Edition April 2009 YK Thank you for purchasing a YOKOGAWA Digital Oscilloscope with the Serial Bus Signal Analysis Function This user s manual describes the serial bus signal analysis feature 1 One of the following DL9000 Series digital oscilloscopes DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series DL9040 DL9040L DL9140 DL9140L DL9240 and Digital Oscilloscopes DL9240L DL9500 DL9700 Series Digital DL9050L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Oscilloscopes 2 Analyzable signal types vary depending on the installed options F5 option IC bus signals SPI bus signals and UART signals F7 option CAN bus signals LIN bus signals SPI bus signals and UART signals F8 option IC bus signals CAN bus signals LIN bus signals SPI bus signals and UART signals For information about other features operating procedures and handling precautions of the DL9000 Series see the following manuals Manual Title Manual No Description DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series IM 701310 01E Explains all features and procedures Digital Oscilloscope of the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series User s Manual excluding the communication fea
283. T bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt UART lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 UART gt SEARCH1 UART BRATE 19200 DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST DSIZE 1 PATTERN X0101001 SEARCH1 UART ERROR FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 PMODE EVEN SEARCH1 UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY MODE DATA POLARITY NEGATIVE SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt UART BRATe Function Sets the UART bus signal search bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt UART BRATe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 lt NRf gt of USER See section 5 6 SEARCH1 UART BRATE 19200 SEARCH1 UART BRATE gt SEARCH1 UART BRATE 19200 Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt UART DATA Function Queries all settings related to data of the UART bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA lt x gt 1 o0r2 Example SEARCH1 UART DATA gt SEARCH1 UART DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST DSIZE 1 PATTERN X0101001 SEARch lt x gt UART DATA BITorder Function Sets the data bit order of the UART bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA BITorder LSBFirst MSBFirst SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA BITorder lt x gt 1 0r2 SEARCH1 UART DATA BITORDER LSBFIRST SEARCH1 UART DATA BITORDER gt SEARCH1 UART DATA BITORDER bas
284. T to set the bit pattern to compare with You can also set the bit pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the bit pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Condition Source Mode ID Std Data Frame Type Don t care 7 Set the bit pattern hexadecimal ID F x Hexadecimal me gt Binary e Setting the Frame Type Search Condition 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Frame Type comparison condition from Don t care to Data If you select Don t care or Remote proceed to step 11 on page 5 13 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the DLC Data Ei oc 8 Frame Type Data e Setting the Data Search Condition 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the data comparison condition from Don t care to Out of Range e If you select Don t care proceed to step 11 on page 5 13 e If you select a condition from Greater to Out of Range proceed to step 10 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen 5 12 IM 701310 51E
285. T7APsub SADDress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF IM 701310 51E 7 49 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of Function Syntax Example the I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SE up ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PA ern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SE up ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PA lt x gt 10r2 ern lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X SEARCH1 I2CBUS SE SADDRESS PA UP ADA ERN 11101111 A BIT7APSUB SEARCH1 I2CBUS SE SADDRESS PA ERN gt BIT7APSUB SADDRESS UP ADA A BIT7APSUB SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA PATTERN 11101111 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa TYPE Sets the address type of the 1 C bus signal search or Function Syntax Example queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SE TYPE BIT10address BIT7ADdress up ADATa BIT7APsub SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa TYPE lt x gt 1o0r2
286. T7MADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup MODE Function Sets the search mode of the logic I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup MODE ADATa ESTart GCAL1 NAIGnore SBHSmode SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP MODE ADATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP MODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP MODE ADATA Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup NAIGnore Function Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the logic 1 C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup NATGnore lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup NAIGnore HSMode Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the logic IC bus signal search or queries the current se
287. TA Function Queries all settings related to the data of the logic IC bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXXK PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA BYTE Function Sets the number of setup data bytes of the logic IC bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA BYTE lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA BYTE lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L BYTE gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic I2C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE SEARCh lt
288. TA YPE BIT7ADDRESS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS MODE ADATA NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa Function Queries all settings related to the address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011
289. TA Sets the comparison data of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the 7 45 DATA lt x gt current setting SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of the CAN bus signal search data or 7 45 DLC queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the CAN bus signal search data in hexadecimal notation 7 45 HEXA SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the MSB and LSB bits of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the 7 45 MSBLsb current setting SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the CAN bus signal search data in binary notation or queries the current 7 45 PATTern setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Sets the sign of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current 7 45 SIGN setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup Queries all settings related to the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus 7 46 DEXt signal search 7 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal search in 7 46 DEXt HEXA hexadecimal notation SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal search in binary 7 46 S DEXt PATTern notation or queries the current setting 3 SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup Queries all settings related to the ID of the standard
290. Ta BIT7ADdress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS HEXA DE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub lt x gt 10r2 Exa
291. Tern lt String gt TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress spuewwoy uolnesunwwo Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic I12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 131 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF Description This com
292. Tern notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Queries all settings related to the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger 7 116 7 18 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Queries all settings related to each ID of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 117 D lt x gt signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets each ACK condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger 7 117 D lt x gt ACK or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Queries all settings related to each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 117 lt x gt DATA signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets byte order of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal 7 117 lt x gt DATA BORDer trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets each data condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or 7 117 lt x gt DATA CONDition queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets comparison data of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 118 lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of each data of the
293. The search condition is met when the DL9000 detects any of the Nack bits whose check box is not selected 12C Trigger Setup Condition Source Mode k Ignore e Start Byte HS Mode Read Access Proceed to step 10 on page 5 7 When the Mode Is General Call e Setting the Second Byte Search Condition 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the second byte format from X to 7bit Master Address If you select X 0000 0100 or 0000 0110 proceed to step 10 on page 5 7 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the address pattern to compare with You can also set the address pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the address pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Mode General Call Y Second Byte 7bit Master Address Address 7bit Master Address _ Hexadecimal Binary rap x x x x Detail gt hn XIX Data Set the address pattern hexadecimal e Setting the Data Search Condition Set the search condition according to steps 7 to 9 on the previous page Proceed to step 10 on page 5 7 When the Mode Is Start Byte HS Mode 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the type master code to Start Byte or HS Mode
294. Type Data and ACK conditions The settings in ID Std Data mode are shared with the settings in ID Ext Data mode e ID Set the ID bit pattern in hexadecimal or binary notation The ID bit pattern is 11 bits in standard format and 29 bits in extended format The ID search condition is met when the specified bit pattern matches the input signal ID bit pattern e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be e Frame Type The DL9000 can be configured to search the remote frame or data frame Selecting the Frame ACAN bus signal frame contains a Remote Transmission Request RTR bit that indicates whether the frame is a remote frame or a data frame Select the frame to search Don t care Searches both remote frames and data frames Remote Searches remote frames Data Frame Searches data frames If you select Don t care or Remote the DLC and Data search conditions in the next section will be ignored DLC Data Length Code Set the data field length The DLC search condition is met when the input signal DLC value matches the reference value Set this value only when the frame type is set to Data Frame Selectable range 0 to 8 If you set this value to zero the data search conditions in the next section will be ignored IM 701310 51E jo 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals
295. UART Bit Order MSB LSB Appears when 8bit Parity Even Odd _ a Parity or 7bit Decode iais E Setup Source cui Parity is selected Level 0 00 Hys 0 6div Polarity E Pos fi Neg al List Setup Reference Point ________ Mode TrigPos Manual Ap pears when Positi 3 00di i patton x Manual is selected Signal Setup Decode Format Hex ASCII Grouping OFF ON eas oo _ PPEars when ON is selected 4 24 IM 701310 51E 4 6 Analyzing an UART Signal Explanation Displaying Analysis Results Carry out steps 5 to 19 in section 4 1 Bit Rate You can set the CAN bus signal transfer rate to 115200 bps 57600 bps 38400 bps 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps or 1200 bps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 1000 bps to 200000 bps in 100 bps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the signal level from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 UART signal trigger circuit samples the input UART signal using the internal clock and detects the point of level change Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the reciprocal of the set bit rate See the illustration
296. US CLOCK A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS CLOCK gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS CLOCK A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Syntax Example ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze I2CBus DTRace Function Sets the data channel of the logic 1 C bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze 12CBus DTRace A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze 12CBus DTRace lt x gt 1o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS DTRACE A0 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS Example DTRACE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE I2CBUS DTRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L 7 24 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LINBus lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS gt ANALYS
297. US SETUP ACK DONTCARE BRATE 1000000 DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 100101100101100001110100010100 1000010011010101111010111110111100 SIGN UNSIGN SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT PATTERN 1100101101110000111011101 1111 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD PATTERN 00011111101 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP MODE SOF RECESSIVE HIGH RTR DATA SPOINT 62 5E 00 TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal search setup Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP ACK DONTCARE BRATE 1000000 DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 100101100101100001110100010100 1000010011010101111010111110111100 SIGN UNSIGN SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDEXT PATTERN 110010110111000011101110 11111 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD PATTERN 00011111101 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP MODE SOF RECESSIVE HIGH RTR DATA SPOINT 62 5E 00 TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup ACK SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup BRATe l
298. VE gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP RECESSIVE HIGH SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup RTR Function Sets the RTR of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup RTR DATA DONTcare REMote SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup RTR lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP RTR DATA SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP RTR gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP RTR DATA Syntax Example 7 46 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup SPOint SEARch lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk Function Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal search Function Queries all settings related to the clock of the I2C bus or queries the current setting signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus CLOCk SPOint lt NRf gt lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup SPOint Example SEARCH1 12CBUS CLOCK lt x gt 1o0r2 gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP SPOINT 18 8 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk SOURce SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP SPOINT Function Sets the clock trace of the I C bus signal search or gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP queries the current setting SPOINT 18 8E 00 Syntax SEARch lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus CLOCk SOURce SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup TRACe lt x
299. VENT1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt STATe CHANnel lt x gt Function Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt STATe CHANnel lt x gt DONTcare HIGH LOw TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt STATe CHANnel lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of CHANnel lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE CHANNEL1 HIGH TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE CHANNEL1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 STATE CHANNEL1 HIGH Description This command is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE I2CBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE Function Sets the trigger type of the event or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE CANBus EDGE EQUalify 1I2CBus LINBus PQUalify PSTAte PULSe SPATtern SPIBus STATe TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt TYPE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 TYPE CANBUS Description LEDGe LI2Cbus LLINbus LSPAttern LSPlbus LPSTate LPULse LQUalify LSTate can be applied to DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L YPE CANBUS YPE TRIGger Function ENHanced CANBus Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax
300. VENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 IM 701310 51E 7 95 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus TRIGger EI
301. YPE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic LINBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic LINBus Example TRIGGER LOGIC LINBUS gt TRIGGER LOGIC LINBUS BRATE 19200 SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic LINBus BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic LINBus BRATe lt NR gt USER lt NRf gt IGger LOGic LINBus BRATe f gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 or 19200 f gt of USER See section 3 3 GGER LOGIC LINBUS BRATE 19200 GGER LOGIC LINBUS BRATE gt TRIGGER LOGIC LINBUS BRATE 19200 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L spuewwog uonesiunwwog T lt NR lt NR R Example TR R IM 701310 51E 7 135 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger LOGic LINBus SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic LINBus SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic LINBus SOURce lt x gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC
302. YTE 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa Function Queries all settings related to the address of the logic IC bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT10ADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address Function Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the logic I2C bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa 7 BIT10address lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BITLOADDRESS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x
303. YTE 1 gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA MODE 1 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 7 50 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the IC bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of lt PATTern x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN1 10101011 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN1 gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN1 10101011 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA PMODe Function Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA PMODe DONTcare SELect SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup DATA PMODe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA PMODE DONTCARE SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA PMODE gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP DATA PMODE DONTCARE SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA TRACe Function Sets the trace of the data of the I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DAT
304. _ Source M1 0 0mY Level 0 00 0 6div Hys 0 6div M2 Level Hys 0 00 Level 0 00 0 6div Hys 0 6div M3 Level Hys 0 00V Level 0 00 0 6div Hys 0 6div M4 Level Hys 0 00V Level 0 00 0 6div Hys 0 6div Select Analog Logic Source SDA cH2 D SCL CH1 I Qualification Logic AND OR CHI CH2 CH3 CH4 SCL SDA x x Mi M2 M3 M4 x x x x Level Hys Condition _ Source Select Source Analog Logic SDA AL ikl SCL A0 I Qualification Logic AND OR Qualification Qualification 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 A7 AG AS A4 A3 A2 AL AO Pod A x x x x x SDA sa B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1 BO PodB _X x x x x x x x 7 6 c5 c4 C3 c2 cl co Podc _x x x x x x x x D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 Do PodD x x x x x x x x You can set the status of the AO to A7 BO to B7 CO to C7 and DO to D7 signals AO to A7 and CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L excluding the signals that are assigned to SDA and SCL sources IM 701310 51E 5 7 e
305. a of the SPI bus signal 7 113 SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 113 SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the 7 113 SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trace of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 113 SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal trigger three wire or four wire 7 114 SPIBus MODE or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the condition to be satisfied of the channel or queries the current 7 114 STATe CHANnel lt x gt setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trigger type of the event or queries the current setting 7 114 TYPE TRIGger ENHanced CANBus Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal trigger 7 114 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus ACK Sets the ACK condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 114 setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus BRATe Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries 7 115 the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal trigger d
306. adecimal notation Big endian Data Field Bit j 12 Ea 34 56 78 ST gree ee Og 8 ES tite 0101014 10101410 0 0111110111010 011 01 11014111 0 01111 1111 101010 Data 0 Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 Little endian Data Field lt Bit j 78 a 56 34 i 12 Data 3 Data 2 Data 1 01141141 1101010 041 01110111 110 010 1111011101 0 010 1011 10101110 Data 0 IM 701310 51E 3 17 Bunbun e 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal e Sign Select whether or not to add a sign to the data The selectable range for the data reference value varies depending on this setting e MSB LSB Set the MSB and LSB positions in the data to compare For example to compare bits 5 to 20 in a 4 byte data stream 12345678 in hexadecimal notation set the MSB to 20 and the LSB to 5 The shaded sections in the following figure indicate the bits that will be compared depending on the byte order setting Selectable range 0 to the data size bytes x 8 1 The maximum value is 63 Big endian Bit Bit 31 0 0 0 014 10 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 01110 1110 111 10 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 Data 0 Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 Little endian Bit Bit 31 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 11 0 0 1 0 Data 3 Data 2 Data 1 Data 0 ACK You can use the ACK slot status as a trigger condition The ACK trigger condition is met when the selected status matches the input signal ACK slot status Don t care Not used as a t
307. adecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 16 characters by combining 0 to F and X in one byte unit TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA HEXA A9 Syntax Example TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA MSBLsb Function Sets the MSB and LSB bits of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA MSBLSB gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA PATTern Function Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA PATTern lt x gt 1to4 lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining 0 1 and X in one byte unit Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA PATTERN 11011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA PATTERN gt TRIGGER E
308. al bus such as I C CAN LIN SPI and UART set the data type to Serial Bus according to the instructions in section 13 9 in the User s Manual IM701311 01E or section 13 10 in the User s Manual IM701331 01E IM 701310 51E 4 3 s s jeuy gt 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results Explanation Analysis Type This manual describes 2C CAN LIN SPI and UART serial bus signal analysis features For information about other analysis features see the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E Data Analyzed The DL9000 can analyze the following data displayed on the screen e Waveform data The DL9000 can analyze data any time regardless of whether or not it is acquiring data If acquiring signals the DL9000 updates the analysis results in sync with the displayed waveform The DL9000 can also analyze waveform data saved to the history memory the waveform data at the record number selected using HISTORY menu gt Select e Loaded acquisition data ACQ data Displaying Analysis Results The following pages describe the contents of the 12C CAN LIN SPI and UART analysis results IC Number of Analyzable Data Values Up to 40000 bytes 20000 bytes before and after the analysis reference point e Simple Display No Analysis Number S P Display the data condition S Start condition P Stop condition Hex Data in hexadecimal notation Form Address or da
309. al is selected 4 List Setup Displaying Analysis Results Carry out steps 5 to 19 in section 4 1 4 18 IM 701310 51E 4 4 Analyzing a LIN Bus Signal Explanation Bit Rate You can select the LIN bus signal transfer rate from the following 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps 1200 bps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 1000 bps to 20000 bps in 10 bps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the bus level from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 LIN bus signal trigger circuit samples the input LIN bus signal using the internal clock and detects the point of level change Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the reciprocal of the set bit rate See the illustration on page 3 19 s s jeuy gt Revision You can select revision 2 0 or 1 3 Select whether to detect enhanced checksum or classic checksum errors For details on errors see page 5 4 LIN 2 0 Detects errors in the enhanced checksum that includes the protection ID However if the ID is a value from 60 0x3c to 63 0x3f classic checksum errors will be detected LIN 1 3 Detects classic checksum errors only in the data field Both An error occurs when both LIN 2 0 and LIN 1 3 checksum errors are detected No error occurs if
310. al notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd HEXA lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD HEXA 5DF TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd PATTern Function Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd PATTern lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR I1D lt x gt IDSTd PATTern lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MODE Function Enables or disables each condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x
311. al trigger or queries 7 120 RECessive the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RTR Sets the RTR of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting 7 121 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SOURce Sets the trigger source of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 121 setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SPOint Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 121 setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus Queries all settings related to the 1 C bus signal trigger 7 121 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the address of the IC bus signal trigger 7 121 TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 121 BIT10address TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the 10 bit address of the 2C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 122 BIT10address HEXA TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or 7 122 BIT10address PATTern queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 122 BIT7ADdress IM 701310 51E spuewwoy 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the IC bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 122 BIT7ADdress HEXA TRIGger ENHanced 1
312. albus SETup lt x gt UART POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART POLARITY NEGATIVE SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART POLARITY gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART POLARITY NEGATIVE SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART SPOint Function Sets the UART bus setup sample point or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART SPOint lt NRf gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART SPOINT 18 8 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART SPOINT gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART Syntax Example SPOINT 18 8E 00 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART TRACe Function Sets the UART bus setup trace or queries the current setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART TRACe lt NRf gt A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 lt y gt 0to7 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART TRACE 1 SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART TRACE gt SERIALBUS SETUP1 UART TRACE 1 Description A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L Syntax Example SERialbus TLINk Function Sets the serial bus setup trigger link or queries the current setting Syntax SERialbus TLINk OFF SETUP1 SETUP2 SERialbus TLINk Example SERIALBUS TLINK OFF SERIALBUS TLINK
313. all Second Byte 0000 0110 Address and R W bits S 00 06 AE 57 27 FE 98 99 27 P A A 3 Triggers here 2 Determines whether the address pattern is 06 1 Determines whether the first byte is a general call address IM 701310 51E 3 7 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal Trigger when the second byte address matches the specified pattern Mode General Call Second Byte 7bit Master Address address pattern 1010 1011 OxAB Data Mode ON Condition True Size 2 bytes Data pattern 27 and AE lt Pos Mode X gt Address and R W bits S 00 AB 27 AE 57 27 FE 98 99 P A Lt 4 4 Triggers here 3 Matches the specified data pattern 27 and AE 2 Matches the specified address pattern AB 1 Determines whether the first byte is a general call address lt Pos Mode Select Position 3 gt i Address and R W bits S 00 AB 27 AE 57 27 AE 98 99 P L I 4 5 Triggers here 4 Matches the specified data pattern 27 and AE 3 Skips 3 bytes 2 Matches the specified address pattern AB 1 Determines whether the first byte is a general call address Start Byte HS Mode The DL9000 triggers on the start byte or the HS mode master code e Start Byte The DL9000 triggers on a sta
314. aring from the first data byte after the data start position Selectable range 0 to 9999 e Data Size Set how many consecutive data fields you want to compare Selectable range 1 to 4 Specify how many fields of consecutive data to compare If you set the field size to 32 bits and the data length to 4 fields you can compare 128 bits of data e Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the specified size in hexadecimal or binary notation e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be CS Clock and Data You can select the CS chip select clock and data sources e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the sources from None from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the sources from None from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from None from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 1 None can only be selected for CS If you set CS to None the DL9000 uses the Idle Time setting to determine the data start position e CS You can select the CS level for activating the data H When the signal is high L When the signal is low IM 701310 51E 5 29 a p 5 5 Searching SPI Bus Signals e Clock You can select the clock edge that specifies w
315. ata 7 115 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the byte order of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current 7 115 BORDer setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the data condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 115 CONDition setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the comparison data of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the 7 115 DATA lt x gt current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of the CAN bus signal trigger data or 7 115 DLC queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in hexadecimal notation 7 115 HEXA TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the MSB and LSB bits of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the 7 116 MSBLsb current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in binary notation or queries the current 7 116 PATTern setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA Sets the sign of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current 7 116 SIGN setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt Queries all settings related to the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus 7 116 signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in 7 116 HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDEXt Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary 7 116 PAT
316. ata 1 and Data 2 pattern references are set to A1 and A2 respectively Shading Pattern to compare CS Active L Data 1 Condition True Position 0 Size 2 bytes data pattern A4 and 25 Data 2 Condition True Position 6 Size 2 bytes data pattern 85 and C8 cs Matches Data 1 aaa Al X 11 XA4 XK 2 aoe dia CBD CP 6 Position A2 on Y 00 Yao V0 00 00 00 DER 22 y Matches De Data 2 t triggers here 3 26 IM 701310 51E 3 5 Triggering on a UART Signal Procedure ACQUIRE HORIZONTAL ACO COUNT ACTION gt _ TRIG NODE TRIG HOLD OFF SAMPLING POSITION LENGTH DELAY TRIGGER a EVENT INTERVAL lt TDN gt 1 Press ENHANCED 2 Press these soft keys Type gt UART gt Setup The Setup dialog box appears OO Setting the Bit Rate and Format 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 115200bps to 1200bps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 1000bps to 200000bps using the rotary knob and SET 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the format from 8bit Parity to BuvebbuL e 8bit NonParity T e EE SERIAL BUS ME UART Trigger Setup pre Type 1 Type W Mode Every Data Tv UART Rate Sample Mode K Bitrate
317. ata 2 cs ____ Leveys Level 0 00V Hys 0 3div If you selected 3 wire in step 4 on the previous page one data item will appear because there is only one data source 20 Press ESC to return to the previous screen Displaying Analysis Results Carry out steps 5 to 19 in section 4 1 Explanation Wiring System Select the wiring system from the following Three wire Analyzes the data on a single data line Four wire Analyzes the data on Data 1 and Data 2 lines Bit Order You can set the bit order to MSB or LSB based on the data stream Field Size You can set the field size It can be set to a value from 4 to 32 bits Enabled Bit Range You can specify the range of bits to enable within the field Enter the MSB in the box on the left and the LSB in the box on the right Only the enabled bits are analyzed 4 22 IM 701310 51E 4 5 Analyzing a SPI Bus Signal Clock Idle Time If you set the CS source to None the DL9000 will treat the first rising or falling edge of the clock signal after the specified idle time has elapsed as the data start position If you select the Don t care check box analysis will start from the left of the screen regardless of the set idle time value Clock Signal Clock idle time First or 4 CS Clock and Data You can select tthe CS chip select clock and data sources e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the sources from None from CH1 t
318. ay OFF ON d 1 Type a FFT a Serial Bus SX Trace 12C on Harmonics 4 Y Trace Wave CAN CH2 Parameter lt 4 Range Gate Accum LIN Main Histoaram P lt Display Serial Bus gt SPI Setup T Measure UART OFF IM 701310 51E sisAjeuy 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results After setting the analysis options according to step 4 on the previous page return to the WINDOW menu and proceed with the following steps Displaying Analysis Results This section explains how to use the IC CAN LIN SPI and UART analysis result displays e Setting the Scroll Options 5 6 7 8 Press the List Setup soft key Press the Scroll Direction soft key to select V vertical or H horizontal Press the Mode soft key to select Simple or Detail Press the appropriate soft key from 1 to 10000 to select how many numbers to scroll vertically by Press ESC to return to the previous screen lt 4 List Setup kA Display Setup E Zoom Link Field Jump Scroll Direction kA H muUe Simple Detail Scroll Direction kA H Simple Detail Mode Scroll Direction kA H Mode Simple Detail Y Scroll Weight 1 Y Scroll Weight 1 100 100 100 1000 1000 1000
319. bO to b7 No parity bit if NonParity is selected Source You can select the source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Bit Rate You can select the UART bus signal transfer rate from the following 115200 bps 57600 bps 38400 bps 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps and 1200 bps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 1000 bps to 200000 bps in 100 bps steps Format You can select the format from the following 8bit Parity 8 bit data parity bit 7bit Parity 7 bit data parity bit 8bit NonParity 8 bit data with no parity bit Trigger Level You can set the UART signal trigger level for CH1 to CH4 separately The selectable range is 8 divisions within the screen The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV e You can reset the trigger level to the current offset voltage by pressing RESET e Ifthe source is set to a signal from AO to D7 the trigger level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 07E Hysteresis Hysteresis specifies a voltage range above and below the trigger level to prevent the DL90
320. be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART FORMat Function Sets the logic UART bus signal search format or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART FORMat BIT7parity BIT8Noparity BIT8Parity SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART FORMat lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART FORMAT gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART FORMAT BIT7PARITY Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART MODE Function Sets the logic UART bus signal search mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART MODE DATA ERRor SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART MODE DATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART MODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART MODE DATA Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART POLarity Function Syntax Example Sets the logic UART bus signal search polarity or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART POLarity NEGative POSitive SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART POLarity lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART POLARITY NEGATIVE SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART POLARITY gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART POLARITY NEGATIVE Description This
321. be the operating procedures in chapters 2 through 4 the following notations are used to distinguish the procedures from their explanations adeln l Carry out the procedure according to the step numbers All procedures are written with inexperienced users in mind experienced users may not need to carry out all the steps SEUEN This section describes the setup items and the limitations regarding the procedures Notation of User Controls Panel Soft Key Names and Menu Items Set in Boldface Boldface type indicates the names of user controlled panel keys and soft key items and menu items displayed on screen SHIFT Panel Key The SHIFT Panel key means you will press the SHIFT key to turn ON the indicator of SHIFT key and then press the panel key The menu marked in purple above the pressed key appears on the screen Rotary knob and SET Rotary knob and SET key indicates selecting or setting parameters and entering values using the rotary knob the SET key and other keys For details on the procedure see section 4 1 and 4 2 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E k Denotes 1000 Example 100 kS s sample rate K Denotes 1024 Example 720 KB file data size IM 701310 51E Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Symbols and Notations Used in This Manual eccceesseeeeeceeeeeneeesenaeeeseeeeeeseeeseeaeeeenneeeeeneee
322. bun el 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal Data You can select whether or not to use the data pattern as a trigger condition Comparison Condition The data trigger condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal pattern with the specified pattern meets the selected comparison condition True When the patterns match False When the patterns don t match Comparison Start Position In the Pos Mode setting you can set the comparison start point to the specified point Select or don t care X If you select Select the DL9000 skips the specified number of bytes and starts comparing from the next data byte Selectable range 0 to 9999 bytes Data Size Set how many consecutive data bytes you want to compare Selectable range 1 to 4 bytes Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the specified size in hexadecimal or binary notation e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be Example This example displays the data sequence at the byte level hexadecimal notation and indicates the trigger position The following notations are used in the figure S Start condition P Stop condition Shading Compared pattern Trigger only on the address pattern Mode ADR amp DATA Address 7bit address A4 Data Mode OFF Address and R W bits S
323. bus signal search data in hexadecimal 7 54 HEXA SEARcCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the MSB LSB bit of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current 7 54 MSBLsb setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the LIN bus signal search data in binary or queries the current setting 7 54 PATTern SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA Sets the sign order of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current 7 54 SIGN setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup Queries all settings related to the LIN bus signal search error 7 54 ERRor SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search Checksum error or queries the current 7 55 ERRor CHECksum setting SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search Framing error or queries the current setting 7 55 ERRor FRAMing SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search Parity error or queries the current setting 7 55 ERRor PARity 7 SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search Synch error or queries the current setting 7 55 ERRor SYNCh o SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup Sets the LIN bus signal search Timeout error or queries the current setting 7 55 S ERRor TOUT 3 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ID Queries all settings related to ID of the LIN bus signal search or
324. c I2CBus DATA BYTE Function Sets the number of data bytes of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA BYTE lt NRf gt TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA BYTE lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA BYTE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 132 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA CONDition Function Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA CONDition Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS DATA CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA CONDITION FALSE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA DPOSition Function Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA DPOSition lt NR gt TRIGger LOGic I12CBus DATA DPOSition lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS DATA DPOSITION gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS
325. can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic LINBus SOURCe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC LINBUS SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L IM 701310 51E 7 107 spuewwog uonesiunwwog 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVNt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus trigger of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE
326. cessive Level Set the recessive level to high H or low L The logical value of the recessive level is 1 and that of the dominant level is 0 in either setting H The recessive level is higher than the dominant level L The recessive level is less than the dominant level Found Point The found point position is the same as the trigger point position For a description of the trigger point see Explanation in section 3 2 IM 701310 51E 5 17 jo 5 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 5 in section 5 1 to set the search type to LIN 2 Press the Setup soft key The Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Mode 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab LIN Search Setup ieee Setup 4 Search Type Condition Source imal Condition Mode Break Synch Ed lt Break Length Setup Greater Equal 11 bits Source 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the mode from Break Synch to Error seu Condition Source Mode ee Break Led EN Greal ID Data its Source Error Condition Proceed to the steps on the pages indicated below according to the selected mode e Break Synch Step 5 on pate 5 19 ID Data Step 6 on page 5 19 e Error Step 5 on page 5 21 5 18 IM 701310 51E 5
327. cimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATAI HEXA1 EF Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic SPI bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt PA Syntax ern lt x gt lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt PA lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 32 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 PATTERN1 11101111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 PATTERN1 11101111 ern lt xX gt Example PATTERN1 gt Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 70 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe
328. ction Syntax Example Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DLC lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA DLC lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 8 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS DATA DLC 0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS DATA DLC gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA DLC 0 7 86 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA HEXA Function Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 16 characters by combining 0 to F and X in one byte unit Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA HEXA A9 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA MSBLsb Function Sets the MSB and LSB bits of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NR gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA MSBLSB 1 0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA MSBLSB gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA MSBLSB 1
329. ction 4 1 to set the analysis type to CAN 2 Press the Decode Setup soft key The Decode Setup dialog box appears Setting the Bit Rate and Sample Point 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 1Mbps to 33 3kbps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 10 0kbps to 1 000Mbps using the rotary knob and SET 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point from 18 8 to 90 6 Setting the Source 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Recessive to H or L Setting the Analysis Reference Point 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point to TrigPos or Manual If you select TrigPos proceed to step 10 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point in the range of 5 00 divisions 10 Press ESC to return to the previous screen EE WINDOW 1 EE Display Rate Sample Bitrate 500kbps C User Sample Point 62 5 Display OFF ON lt Tye Source CAN Source CH1 b gt Level 0 00V KJ Decode Hys 0 3div Setup Recessive H L Reference Point Mode TrigPos Manual Peston Appears when Manual is selected lt 4 List Setup i
330. d I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the IC bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA Function Syntax Example Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS HEXA DE TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Syntax Example Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PA TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PA lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 ern lt String gt ern TRIGger ENHanced I2CBu
331. d SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce Function Sets the source channel of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal trigger three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus MODE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS MODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 7 128 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced UART Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced UART TRIGGER ENHANCED UART gt TRIGGER ENHANCED UART BRATE 19200 FORMAT BIT7PARITY POLARITY NEGATIVE SOURCE 1 SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRIGger ENHanced UART BRATe Function Syntax Example Sets the UART bus signal trigger bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced UART BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced UART BRATe lt NRf gt
332. d SPIBus CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries 7 127 POLarity the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 127 SOURce setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal 7 127 trigger TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 127 ACTive or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CS Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the 7 127 SOURce current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 127 DATA lt x gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the number of bytes of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries 7 127 DATA lt x gt BYTE the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the SPI 7 128 DATA lt x gt CONDition bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the SPI bus signal 7 128 DATA lt x gt DPOSition trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 128 DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the data of the S
333. d in the Trigger on list changing the settings for Analysis 1 or 2 or for Search 1 or 2 will not affect the trigger settings IM 701310 51E 2 7 dnjas sng elas fy 2 2 Sharing of the Serial Bus Signal s Trigger Analysis Search Settings How Trigger Settings Affect Auto Setup Analysis and Search Settings e If Setup 1 is selected in the Trigger on list and you change the trigger settings the corresponding Auto Setup 1 Analysis 1 and Search 1 settings will change Auto Setup 2 Analysis 2 and Search 2 settings will not be affected Likewise If Setup 2 is selected in the Trigger on list and you change the trigger settings the corresponding Auto Setup 2 Analysis 2 and Search 2 settings will change Auto Setup 1 Analysis 1 and Search 1 settings will not be affected e If No Link is selected in the Trigger on list changing the trigger settings will not affect any of the Auto Setup Analysis and Search settings Note Even if Setup 1 or Setup 2 is selected in the Trigger on list if you select a trigger type other than I C CAN LIN SPI or UART the Trigger on list will be set to No Link In particular Trigger on will change to No Link if You select TV or Serial in the ENHANCED menu under TRIGGER You press EDGE STATE WIDTH or EVENT INTERVAL on the front panel Common Items The table below indicates the shared serial bus signal items by trigger type Trigger Type PC
334. dition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MODE lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE ON TRIGGER EN MODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 1 ANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR Function Sets each RTR of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR DATA DONTcare REMote TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 RTR DATA TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 RTR gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 RTR DATA TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd Function Queries all settings related to the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDSTD gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDSTD PATTERN 00011111101 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd HEXA Function Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X Exampl
335. dure see section 3 5 Analysis The trigger activates on the stop bit of all data frames One of the following can be selected for the bit rate 115200bps 57600bps 38400bps 19200bps 9600bps 4800bps 2400bps 1200bps or User Data Positive logic oh 7 bits b0 to b6 Bit 8 bits bO to b7 No parity bit if NonParity is selected The DL9000 Series digital oscilloscopes cannot trigger on the combination of UART signals and other signals gt For the procedure see section 4 6 This feature analyzes the UART signal data and shows a list of the analysis results There are two types of analysis result lists simple and detail The simple list displays the analysis number Data and error status The detail list displays the time from the trigger position in addition to the items displayed by the simple list The data of the analysis result can be saved to an arbitrary storage medium in CSV format You can select an arbitrary data in the analysis results list and automatically display the UART signal for that data zoom link Search gt For the procedure see section 5 6 This feature searches for data that matches a specific data pattern or error status in the UART signal data When the search is executed the zoom box moves to the data position where the conditions are met and the data is displayed expanded in the zoom window Zoom1 or Zoom2 IM 701310 51E sisAjeuy jeuBig sng el1ag 3U JO MAIAJBAQ E Chapter 2 Ser
336. e seu Condition Source Mode Every Start M Every Start ADR amp DATA Source NON ACK Condition General Call Start Byte HS Mode Proceed to the steps on the pages indicated below according to the selected mode e Every Start Step 10 on page 5 7 e ADR amp DATA Step 5 on page 5 5 e NON ACK Step 5 on page 5 6 e General Call Step 6 on page 5 6 Start Byte HS Mode Step 8 on page 5 6 5 4 IM 701310 51E 5 2 Searching I C Bus Signals When the Mode Is ADR amp DATA Setting the Address Search Condition 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the address type from 7bit Address to 10bit Address 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the address pattern to compare with You can also set the address pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the address pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Mode ADR amp DATA r 7bit Address Hexadecimal EH Bina adres XK DUXX RW pit y bit Address E x x 7bit Sub Address Data rAddress rSub Address Set the address pattern x x XIXIXIX XIXIXIx XIxXIxIx XIXIXxIx R W bit hexadecimal 10bit Address s Gl XXXX XIX xixixlo lolo lolo R W bit
337. e 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the data source If you select 4 wire in step 4 on the previous page select the source for Data1 and Data 2 separately e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 10 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 10 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L IM 701310 51E 5 27 jo 5 5 Searching SPI Bus Signals Setting the Level and Hysteresis Set the level and hysteresis if you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series and you selected Analog in step 10 or if you are using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Setup under Level Hys The Level Hys dialog box appears 17 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis for each source O
338. e Edge 5 orF 0N orF oN cH Qualified Serial HN HV Polarity H v H y F t State 12C IH Pos Z1 amp 22 Link H Pos Z1 amp 2Z2 Link Level Hys 0 odiv gt obav gt e Tov gt Width CAN OFF oN OFF oN 0 6div s f Start Point lt Auto Scroll Auto Scroll Serial 4 90div u Search Search ETE K K 4 Skip Mode lt Skip Mode Setup Setup OFF SPI Pattern Mark Pattern Mark No match No match Exec Exec UART oF ON oFF__ ON IM 701310 51E 5 1 m g 5 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Skip Mode Executing the Search and Displaying the Results After setting the search options according to step 5 on the previous page return to the Search Type menu and proceed with the following steps Setting the Search Start Point 6 Press the Start Point soft key 7 Use the rotary knob to set the search start point Start Point 4 pdiv 4 Search Type 12C E Setup Start Point 4p ONIP mivuE Selecting a Skip Mode If necessary select a skip mode The skip mode feature is not available for LIN or UART 8 Press the Skip Mode soft key 9 Press a soft key from OFF to Decimation to select the skip mode 10 Use the rotary knob to set the time or search count to skip 11 Press ESC to return to the previous screen start Point o 4 pdv Skip time hold off or skip count decimation
339. e TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDSTD HEXA 5DF TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd PATTern Function Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd PATTern lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDSTD PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus MODE Function Sets the CAN bus signal trigger mode or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus MODE EFRame IDEXt IDOR IDSTd SOF TRIGger ENHanced CANBus MODE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS MODE EFRAME TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS MODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS MODE EFRAME TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RECessive Function Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RECessive HIGH LOw TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RECessive Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS RECESSIVE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS RECESSIVE HIGH 7 120 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RTR Function Set
340. e I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the IC bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS HEXA EF TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets
341. e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e Ifyou selected Analog in step 3 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e If you selected Logic in step 3 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis If you select Logic in step 3 the level and hysteresis settings are not available Setting the Analysis Reference Point 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point to TrigPos or Manual If you select TrigPos proceed to step 10 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point in the range of 5 00 divisions 10 Press ESC to return to the previous screen On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series Series When Analog is selected in step 3 When Logic is selected in step 3 EE WINDOW 1 i Display SDA A Select Analog Logic Select Analog Logic Source c2 r orF oN 8 _ _ _2_ SDA Level 10 00 Source cH Source al yl lt Type Hys 0 Odiv Level 10
342. e data of the logic 7 110 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the logic SPI bus 7 110 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 110 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in binary notation or queries the 7 110 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trace of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current 7 111 LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus trigger three wire or four wire or 7 111 LOGic SPIBus MODE queries the current setting IM 701310 51E 7 17 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal trigger of the event 7 111 SPIBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting 7 111 SPIBus BITorder TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Q
343. e data the specified number of bytes after the CS assertion Data length to be compared is selectable from 1 to 4 bytes Analysis Signal On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 Analyzable data bytes Analyzed frames Analysis result display Zoom link Data storage of the analysis result list On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Up to 40000 bytes 20000 bytes before and after the analysis reference point Data Simple display Analysis number No hexadecimal data 1 display hexadecimal data 2 display CS status Detail display Analysis number No time from the trigger position to the start bit of each data byte ms binary data 1 display hexadecimal data 1 display binary data 2 display hexadecimal data 2 display CS status start position stop position of the active period S P Zoom position the center of the zoom box movable to the highlighted byte in the analysis result list Changing the zoom position also changes the highlighted frame in the analysis result list Saves the simple or detail display data of the analysis result list in CSV format csv extension Data search Searches waveforms for the specified data pattern When a waveform that meets the pattern is found the zoom box move
344. e tus cactaa ca castcavciensseenscacdtvenceuseibe 3 16 SPI bus SPI bus signal analySis ccceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 4 20 SPI bus signal Searching ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteneeeees 5 26 SPI trigger ceee wee 3 25 start byte 3 8 Start Byle HS Mode cies vice eel dees ities 3 8 SUT DIES ters nie Sc dotee A T 4 14 Stuff bit Computation cecceececeeceeeeeeeeeeseneeeeteteeeeeneeees 4 17 symbols iii synch EIN ann aa as Adie ata aai 5 24 T Page tHE SWING sci oiiess casacs stan ouseess coven seeasteivieds A 3 25 timeout EIN ict Tiaia hn ae Aodeevehvedieabeeee 5 24 trademarks osiinsa sedita aad ia e ENEAS ii transfer rate CAN wee 3 19 transfer rate LIN we 3 22 transfer rate UART sii jescpidessasssiatssisastegiteieaddsasasivecgiedlanee 3 28 trigger feature linking tO cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteneeees 2 6 TRIGger Group aa triggerpoint CAN yasda enlace 3 20 trigger point SPI iiiees acetic 3 26 U WAR Tec net T toil ete ee UART signal analysis a UART signal Searching cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeneeeeeeaee VART MJE iiaa ee ee el WwW Page WINO SYSTEM voi Atk Aik A Ae tele eee 3 25 Z Page ZOOM NK saod ndia iania iai 4 10 Zoom Link soft key cccceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeetenaeeetenaeeess 4 3 Index 2 IM 701310 51E
345. ecify the settings as follows The state of signals other than those selected for the SDA and SCL X don t care Logic AND 3 10 IM 701310 51E 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal Procedure ACQUIRE HORIZONTAL lt TDN gt INTERVAL ACQ COUNT ACTION DD 1 2 Press ENHANCED Press these soft keys Type gt CAN gt Setup The Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Mode 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab m EE SERIAL BUS ill CAN Trigger Setup Sii te Tye PT condition Source Condition Tv w CAN ae 7 i Mode E NTSC Serial Setup Source 525 60 2 fal Customize oo OF oN IC CAN Line e LIN Field T 2 x SPI Frame Skip Translucent i 2 4 8 UART OFF ON 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the mode from SOF to ID Data OR en Condition Source Condition Mode Error Frame Source ID Std Data ID Ext Data ID Data OR Proceed to the steps on the pages indicated below according to the selected mode SOF Step 12 on page 3 15 Error Frame Step 12 on page 3 15 ID Std Data Step 5 on page 3 12 ID Ext Data Step 5 on page 3 12 ID Data OR Step 5 on page 3 14 IM
346. ect Don t care or Remote the DLC and Data trigger conditions in the next section will be ignored DLC Data Length Code Set the data field length The DLC trigger condition is met when the input signal DLC value matches the reference value Set this value only when the frame type is set to Data Frame Selectable range 0 to 8 bytes If you set this value to zero the data trigger conditions in the next section will be ignored IM 701310 51E 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal Data You can use the Data Field value as a trigger condition Set this value only when the frame type is set to Data Frame Comparison Condition The data trigger condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal Data Field value with the reference value meets the selected comparison condition Don t care Not used as a trigger condition True When the input signal value meets the reference value False When the input signal value does not match the reference value Greater Equal When the input signal value is greater than or equal to the reference value Less Equal When the input signal value is less than or equal to the reference value Between When the input signal value is within the reference range that includes the boundary reference values Out of Range When the input signal value is outside the reference range that excludes the boundary reference values Data Pattern Set the data pattern for
347. ect all error types using the OR logic If Format under the Source tab see the figure in step 13 is set to 8bit NonParity only Framing will appear 9 If Format under the Source tab is 8bit Parity or 7bit Parity set the error type parity to Odd or Even using the rotary knob and SET If Format under the Source If Format under the Source tab is set to 8bit NonParity tab is set to 8bit Parity or 7bit Parity Mode Eror Mode Error Error Type OR _ Error Type OR Framing Framing Parity 7 Odd Even Proceed to step 10 Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point Format Level Hysteresis and Polarity 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point and Format 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 115200bps to 1200bps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 1000bps to 200000bps using the rotary knob and SET 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point from 18 8 to 90 6 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the format from 8bit Parity to 8bit NonParity Rate Sample Bitrate 19200 bps C User Sample Point 62 5 Format bit Parity 8bit NonParity Setting the L
348. ect the tab If you a using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series proceed to step 11 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Select to Analog or Logic If you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series carry out this step Setting the CS Source 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the CS chip select source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from None from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 10 select the source from None from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 10 select the source from None from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from None from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L If you set the CS source to None set the clock s idle time in steps 3 and 6 Afterwards proceed to step 13 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Active to H or L Setting the Clock Source 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the clock source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 10 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 10 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the polarity to f or Setting the Data Sourc
349. ed by the data length and bit position that are determined by the Data Size and MSB LSB settings respectively The value is displayed in exponential notation when it exceeds 7 digits example 1234567E 10 Byte Order Set the data byte order to big endian or little endian For an example see page 3 17 Sign Select whether or not to add a sign to the data The selectable range for the data reference value varies depending on this setting MSB LSB Set the MSB and LSB positions in the data to compare For an example see page 3 18 Selectable range 0 to the data size bytes x 8 1 The maximum value is 63 IM 701310 51E 5 23 jo 5 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals Error Mode Searches for points where errors occurred You can select the type of errors to detect from the table below e You can select multiple error types e The DL9000 will trigger if any of the selected errors occurs Parity The DL9000 calculates the parity of the protected identifier field If the result does not meet the following equations an error occurs e Even parity check IDO xor ID1 xor ID2 xor ID4 xor PO 0 PO IDO xor ID1 xor ID2 xor ID4 Odd parity check ID1 xor ID3 xor ID4 xor ID5 xor P1 1 P1 ID1 xor ID3 xor ID4 xor ID5 Checksum Revision LIN 2 0 enhanced checksum If the total value of the protected identifier field all data fields and checksum is not OxFF an error occurs However if the protected identi
350. ed to the steps on the pages indicated below according to the selected mode e Every Start Step 10 on page 3 4 e ADR amp DATA Step 5 on page 3 2 e NON ACK Step 5 on page 3 3 e General Call Step 6 on page 3 3 e Start Byte HS Mode Step 8 on page 3 3 IM 701310 51E 3 1 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal When the Mode Is ADR amp DATA e Setting the Address Trigger Condition 5 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the address type from 7bit Address to 10bit Address Use the rotary knob and SET to set the address pattern to compare with You can also set the address pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the address pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Mode ADR amp DATA M 7bit Address Hexadecimal EH Bina addres XDK DUXX RW pit ry Zbit Address v x x 7bit Sub Address Data rAddress _ rSub Address Set the address pattern E X X XIXIXIX XIXIXIx BEPC XIXIXIx Wha hexadecimal RY be 10bit Address s Gl XXXX XIXIXIX xixixlo 0 0 olo R W bit e Setting the Data Trigger Condition 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the mode to ON or OFF Select ON to enable the tr
351. eform and displays them as a MATH waveform from MATH1 to MATHA4 Supports bit stuffing Decoded display available IM 701310 51E 8 3 LIN Bus Signal Analysis Item Specifications Revision LIN 1 3 or LIN 2 0 Bit rate Settable to 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps or to any bit rate from 1 k to 20 kbps in 10 bps steps Triggering Trigger source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Mode Break Triggers on the break delimiter Analysis Signal On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 Analyzable frames Analyzed fields Analyzable revisions Analysis result display Zoom link Data storage of the analysis result list On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Up to 3000 frames 1500 frames before and after the analysis reference point Break Synch ID Data Checksum LIN 2 0 LIN 1 3 or Both Simple display Analysis number No hexadecimal ID display hexadecimal data display hexadecimal checksum display Detail display
352. elated to the list display of the serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 MODE DETAIL SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST DISPlay Function Turns the serial bus signal analysis list display ON OFF or queries the current status Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST DISPlay lt Boolean gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST DISPlay lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY ON ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST ITEM Function Queries the item in the list display of the serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST ITEM lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST ITEM gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST ITEM No S P Hex Form R W ACK 7 36 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST MODE Function Sets the mode of the list display of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST MODE DETail SIMPle ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST MODE DETAIL ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIS
353. en When the input signal value is within the reference range that includes the boundary reference values Out of Range When the input signal value is outside the reference range that excludes the boundary reference values e Data Size Set the data length to search Selectable range 1 to 8 bytes 5 22 IM 701310 51E 5 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the specified size in hexadecimal or binary notation The data pattern is valid only when the comparison condition is set to true or false e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be Reference Value Data Dec e If you set the comparison condition to Greater Equal or Less Equal set one reference value e If you select Between or Out of Range set two reference values to define a reference range The values are automatically adjusted so that the lower limit is less than or equal to the upper limit e lf the comparison condition is True or False the data pattern is used as the reference value e Selectable range Set the selectable range in decimal notation Unsigned 0 to 9E 18 The selectable maximum value is limited by the data length and bit position that are determined by the Size and MSB LSB settings respectively Signed 9E 18 to 9E 18 The selectable minimum and maximum values are limit
354. ence point SPI ccceceeseeeeeeeeeteeeeseees analysis reference point UART Piss analysis results CAN cccseeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 4 6 analysis results FlCxXRay ccccccceceeeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeeeeteseees 4 4 analysis results 12C ww 4 4 analysis results LING vassis aaa 4 7 analysis results saving we 4 10 analysis results SPI cceccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeseaeeeeeeeeeseeeeess 4 8 analysis results UART ccceccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeseneeess 4 9 analysis type a auto setup Serial DUS ccecceseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeseneeess 2 1 B bigiendian 22his vite Aerie wil in hel et viet bit OPER siccs aunisedlnnddaeind Arie A iai bit rate CAN bit rate LIN bit rate UART byte order CAN cc ccccececeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeteneeeteeeeeteneeeeas 3 17 C Page CAN DUS hii eaaa oa eee ibe ened bie 28 8 2 CAN bus signal Searching c ccceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeneeeeeeee CAN trigger CHECKSUM orraa a eee ie h betas Arabs cad NE CNIP SCIOCE Sh naaa ne ae ea suse Aa E A ENE common items D Page data CAN ans nenie aiea tina a e aed cote 3 17 Lo F1 Fe PE VA CE EA E EEA ETAETA 3 6 data frame 3 16 3 20 Decode Soft ke Yicscciseaees avsarednnen anus metecanacn aus 4 2 detail scroll MmOd6 fy cxstesccantan welete ne catieetd ll k 4 2 DEC waded avis rnd aie ia eA eee 3 16 dominant level kisik
355. eneaes iii Overview of the Serial Bus Signal Analysis 1 1 IEC BUS Signal eisiea skeet nates secant e that n ea iea eE 1 1 1 2 CAN Bus Signall c 24 c2 casiesees Ao sla eee eee eres EE EE EEE E E vlads ees 1 2 1 3 BIN Bus Signal ics sez 2 22ctee cece cdi c cee ae aaea aaa ae paa a tested nthe 1 4 1 4 SPIBUS Sighhaliscscccccccgesveedgeeeseiec ese clas vend deeead ee cdeggauces tae daguusienlseegedien tes eaeiiieceeenctieeveeceene 1 5 1 5 WART SIGMA 5 a5 oi cdocts elect cattete os ies e a a Me taovi coder se catenins 1 7 Serial Bus Setup 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeseaeeesneeeeneneeeenaeees 2 1 2 2 Sharing of the Serial Bus Signal s Trigger Analysis Search Settings ee 2 7 Triggering 3 1 Triggering on an I C BUS Signal c ccccccsssscscscsesececsesesesassesesessvseacsesssecacsesecessesesececaeaes 3 1 3 2 Triggering on a CAN BUS SIQMal ee eee cence cence eeeee ee eeeeeeeeaaeeseeeaeeeaeeeesaeeeeeaaeeeneeeee 3 11 3 3 Triggering on a LIN BUS Signal cccccccseeececeeeeeeceeeeeeceeaeeeeeececaaeeeeseseaeaeeeeseseaeeeeees 3 21 3 4 Triggering On a SPI BUS Signals iniii necati i a deiin 3 23 3 5 Triggering on a UART Signal serine a a a i aeia 3 27 Analysis 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results 4 1 4 2 Analyzing an l2C Signal x ennnen ae cries tor ae el ei 4 11 4 3 Analyzing a CAN Bus Signal and Pe
356. er LOGic SPIBus BITorder Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 136 TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic SPI bus trigger 7 136 TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the 7 136 POLarity current setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CLOCk Sets the clock trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 136 SOURce TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS Queries all settings related to the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger 7 136 TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS ACTive Sets the active level of the chip select of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries 7 137 the current setting 7 22 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger LOGic SPIBus CS SOURce Sets the chip select trace of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current 7 137 setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Queries all settings related to the data of the logic SPI bus trigger 7 137 TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Sets the number of bytes of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries 7 137 BYTE the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the logic 7 137 CONDition SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic
357. er condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal pattern with the specified pattern meets the selected comparison condition True When the patterns match False When the patterns don t match Comparison Start Position Set the comparison start position For example to start comparing from the first data byte after the CS signal is activated specify zero Selectable range 0 to 9999 bytes Data Size Set how many consecutive data bytes you want to compare Selectable range 1 to 4 bytes Data Pattern Set the data pattern for the specified size in hexadecimal or binary notation e If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be IM 701310 51E 3 25 BuvebbuL el 3 4 Triggering on a SPI Bus Signal CS Clock and Data You can select the chip select CS clock and data sources On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the sources from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L e CS You can select the CS level for activating the data H When the signal is high L When the signal is low e Clock You can select the clock edge that specifies when the data patterns are
358. er of fields in the data used for SPI bus signal search or 7 75 DATA lt x gt DSIZe queries the current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the data of the SPI bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 76 DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the data of the SPI bus signal search in binary notation or queries the 7 76 DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the source channel of the data of the SPI bus signal search or queries 7 76 DATA lt x gt TRACe the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup Sets the enabled range of the field used for SPI bus signal search or queries 7 76 EMSBLSB the current setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup FSIZe_ Sets the field size used for SPI bus signal search or queries the current 7 76 7 setting SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup ITIMe Sets the idle time used in SPI bus signal search or queries the current 7 76 O setting S SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup MODE Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal search three wire or four wire 7 76 3 or queries the current setting 2 SEARCh lt x gt TRACe lt x gt LEVel Sets the threshold level of the trace or queries the current setting 7 77 y SEARcCh lt x gt TYPE Sets the search type or queries the current setting 7 77 SEARCh lt x gt UART Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal search 7 77 SEARCh lt x gt UART BRATe Sets the UART bus signal sea
359. erial clock SCL sources On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the sources from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the sources from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Trigger Level You can set the I C bus signal trigger level for CH1 to CH4 separately The selectable range is 8 divisions within the screen The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV You can reset the trigger level to the current offset voltage by pressing RESET If the source is set to a signal from AO to D7 the trigger level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Hysteresis Hysteresis specifies a voltage range above and below the trigger level to prevent the DL9000 from triggering on minute voltage fluctuations A Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 0 3 divisions around the trigger level VAA Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 1 division around the trigger level The values above are typical They are not strictly warranted Qualification and Logic Qualification Set the state of signals other than those selected for the SDA and SCL to H L or X This trigger requirement is called qualification requirement The qualification requirement is met when the selected
360. ern Hexadecimal gt Binary gt Set the data pattern hexadecimal Greater Equal Less Equal Be tween Out of Range trame Iype Data bic g Data Greater Equal Data Dec 255 Byte Order Big Litte Sign Sign Unsign MSB LSB os Om ACK Frame lype Data J Dic 8 Data Between Data Dec 255 290 Byte Order Big Litte Sign Sign Unsign ACK Setting the ACK Trigger Condition 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the ACK condition from Don t care to NON ACK or ACK If you select Don t care it will not be used as a trigger condition Data Between Data Dec 255 290 Byte Order Big Litte Sign Sign Unsign MSB LSB 63 0 ACK NON ACK ACK NON ACK or ACK Proceed to step 12 on page 3 15 IM 701310 51E BuvebbuL el 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal When the Mode Is ID Data OR Setting the ID Data 1 to ID Data 4 Trigger C
361. es a field jump to the Identifier Field in the results of the LIN bus 7 36 LINBus FJUMp IDENtifier signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Synch Field in the results of the LIN bus signal 7 36 LINBus FJUMp SYNCh analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the LIN bus signal analysis revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the 7 36 LINBus REVision current setting 7 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the LIN bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current setting 7 36 LINBus SPOint o ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the LIN bus signal analysis trace or queries the current setting 7 36 S LINBus TRACe 3 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the list display of the serial bus signal analysis 7 36 2 LIST 2 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Turns the serial bus signal analysis list display ON OFF or queries the 7 36 LIST DISPlay current status ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries the item in the list display of the serial bus signal analysis 7 36 LIST ITEM ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the mode of the list display of the serial bus signal analysis or queries 7 37 LIST MODE the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the scroll method of the list display of the serial bus signal analysis or 7 37 LIST SCRoll queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries the au
362. es the current 7 72 FRAMing setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor Sets the logic UART bus signal search Parity error or queries the current 7 73 PARity setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor Sets the logic UART bus signal search Parity mode or queries the current 7 73 PMODe setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART FORMat Sets the logic UART bus signal search format or queries the current setting 7 73 SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic UART MODE Sets the logic UART bus signal search mode or queries the current setting 7 73 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART POLarity Sets the logic UART bus signal search polarity or queries the current setting 7 73 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART SPOint Sets the logic UART bus signal search sampling point or queries the current 7 73 setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART TRACe Sets the logic UART bus signal search trace or queries the current setting 7 73 SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal search 7 74 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal search 7 74 SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal search or queries 7 74 POLarity the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current 7 74 setting 7 10 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands
363. escription This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA MODE Function Enables disables the data conditions of the logic 1 C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA MODE lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA MODE ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA MODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA MODE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 60 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic I2C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN1 10101011 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN1 gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN1 10101011 Description This command can be appl
364. et Trigger on to No Link Setup 1 or Setup 2 e If you select No Link the link will be cut e If you select Setup 1 or Setup 2 the settings will be applied to the trigger settings l Trigger on NoLink M No Link Setup 1 Setup 2 Some of the trigger analysis and search settings of the IC CAN LIN SPI and UART serial bus signals can be automatically set up If you execute auto setup and the DL9000 detects a serial bus signal the trigger analysis and search settings will automatically be set to values appropriate for the input signal Settings Necessary for Auto Setup e Source Select source signals on which to perform auto setup according to the serial bus signal type PC Select an SDA serial data source and an SCL serial clock source If you set the Select box to Analog select from CH1 to CH4 If you set the Select box to Logic select from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L CAN Select a source from CH1 to CH4 LIN Select a source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L SPI Select a CS chip select source a clock source and a data source If you set the Select box to Analog select from CH1 to CH4 If you set the Select box to Logic select from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 o
365. etting SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the I C bus signal search 7 50 DPOSition or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup DATA Sets the data of the IC bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 50 HEXA lt x gt SEARcCh lt x gt 12C MODE Bus SETup DATA Enables Disables the data conditions of the 1 C bus signal search or queries 7 50 the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12C PATTern lt x gt Bus SETup DATA Sets the data of the I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the 7 51 current setting SEARch lt x gt 1I2C PMODe Bus SETup DATA Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the I C bus 7 51 signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12C TRACe Bus SETup DATA Sets the trace of the data of the I C bus signal search or queries the current 7 51 setting SEARCh lt x gt 12C GCAL1 Bus SETup Queries all settings related to the general call of the IC bus signal search 7 51 SEARCh lt x gt 12C GCAL1 BIT7maddress n inal q G O Bus Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general call of 7 51 the 1 C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the IC bus signal search 7 51 GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA in hexadecimal
366. etting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 5 4 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB 1 0 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB 1 0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA PATTern Function Sets the data of the logic LIN bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X varies depending on the BNUM setting SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA PATTERN 11011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example spuewwoy uoljesunwwo SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA SIGN Function Sets the data sign of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x g
367. etting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 93 CANBus SPOint setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the I C bus signal trigger of the event 7 93 2CBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the address of the IC bus signal trigger 7 93 CBus ADATa TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 94 CBus ADATa BIT10address TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 94 CBus ADATa BIT10address HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or 7 94 2CBus ADATa BIT10address queries the current setting PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 94 2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 94 CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the I2C bus signal trigger in binary notation or 7 94 2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress queries the current setting PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal 7 94 2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub
368. evel Hysteresis and Polarity 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level hysteresis and polarity If you selected a signal from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L in step 14 there are no Level and Hys settings Source Source CH1 I Level M Hys 0 6div Polarity F Pos Neg Executing the Search Carry out steps 6 to 14 in section 5 1 5 32 IM 701310 51E 5 6 Searching UART Signals Explanation Modes This feature searches UART signals For details on the UART signal data format see Explanation in section 3 5 Set the UART search mode to Every Data Data and Error Every Data Mode The DL9000 searches for the stop bit of all data frames Data Mode Searches for a data pattern e Data Size Set how many consecutive data bytes you want to compare Selectable range 1 to 4 e Bit Order Select the bit order used to read the data pattern when comparing the input signal data pattern to the specified data pattern
369. fier field ID is from 0x60 to 0x63 the DL9000 checks based on the calculated result of the classic checksum Revision LIN 1 3 classic checksum If the calculated result of all data fields and checksum is not OxFF an error occurs Synch If the synch field is not 0x55 an error occurs Even if the synch field is 0x55 if the input signal bit rate is not within 5 6 to 6 3 of the specified bit rate see the next section for details an error occurs Timeout Slave Not Responding Error If the frame has not ended by the time defined by the following equation elapses after a break detection an error occurs 1 4 x THeader 7 TResponse Header Timeout Error If the header has not ended by the time defined by the following equation elapses after a break detection an error occurs 1 4 x THeader 7 Response Timeout Error If the response has not ended by the time defined by the following equation elapses after a break detection an error occurs 1 4 x TResponse gt where 34 is the header data length n is the number of data points and 1 is the checksum Framing When the DL9000 detects that the field data or stop bit is at low level an error occurs If it detects break field synch field in the middle of a frame an error occurs 1 If the value exceeds 255 it is carried over 2 Nominal header length THeader 34 x Teir 3 Nominal response length Tresponse 10 x N 1 xTpit where N is the data length 4 Nom
370. format of the CAN bus 7 46 2 DSTd signal search a SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal search in 7 46 o DSTd HEXA hexadecimal notation SEARcCh lt x gt CANBus SETup Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal search in binary 7 46 DSTd PATTern notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup MODE Sets the CAN bus signal search mode or queries the current setting 7 46 SEARcCh lt x gt CANBus SETup Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal search or queries 7 46 RECessive the current setting SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup RTR Sets the RTR of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting 7 46 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current 7 47 SPOint setting SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup TRACe Sets the trace of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting 7 47 SEARch lt x gt 12CBus Queries all settings related to the 1 C bus signal search 7 47 SEARch lt x gt 12CBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock of the I2C bus signal search 7 47 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus CLOCk SOURce Sets the clock trace of the I2C bus signal search or queries the current 7 47 setting SEARch lt x gt 12CBus SETup Queries all settings related to the I2C bus signal search setup 7 47 SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup Queries all sett
371. from 18 8 to 90 6 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the revision to LIN 2 0 LIN1 3 or Both Setting the Source 6 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis If you selected a signal from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L in step 6 there are no Level and Hys settings Setting the Analysis Reference Point 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point to TrigPos or Manual If you select TrigPos proceed to step 10 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point in the range of 5 00 divisions 10 Press ESC to return to the previous screen WINDOW 1 m Display Rate Sample Bitrate 19200 bps User Sample Point 50 0 OFF ON 4 Type Revision LN20 r LN Source Source cHi Decode gt Level 0 10V Setup Hys 0 3div E Reference Point Mode TrigPos Manual Appears when eeston C oo vie Manu
372. g TRIGger LOGic I2CBus MODE Sets the trigger mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current 7 134 setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus NAIGnore Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the logic IC bus 7 135 trigger TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the logic IC bus 7 135 HSMode trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the logic I C bus 7 135 RACCess trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic I12CBus NAIGnore Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 135 SBYTe Start Byte or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus SBHSmode Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the logic 7 135 IC bus trigger TRIGger LOGic I2CBus SBHSmode Sets the type of start byte and high speed mode of the logic IC bus trigger 7 135 TYPE or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic LINBus Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal trigger 7 135 TRIGger LOGic LINBus BRATe Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or 7 135 queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic LINBus SOURce Sets the trigger source of the logic LIN bus signal trigger or queries the 7 136 current setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus trigger 7 136 TRIGg
373. g a SPI Bus Signal Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 4 in section 4 1 to set the analysis type to SPI 2 Press the Decode Setup soft key The Decode Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Wiring System and Bit Order 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Setup tab You can also press the Setup soft key 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the mode to 3 wire or 4 wire and the bit order to MSB or LSB Setting the Field Size and the Enabled Bit Range 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the field size to a value from 4 to 32 bits and then set Enable MSB LSB Selecting the Clock Idle Time 6 If you set the CS source to None in step 11 on the next page Use the rotary knob and SET to set the clock s idle time to a value from 10 ns to 1 ms If you select the Don t care check box analysis will start from the left of the screen regardless of the set idle time value Setting the Analysis Reference Point 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point to TrigPos or Manual If you select TrigPos proceed to step 9 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the analysis reference point in the range of 5 00 divisions ANDON LMN Setup Source Display orF oN Mode 3 wire L___ Bit Order Ms 1S8 1 Type Field Size 8 w MS B SPI Enable MSB LSB 7 o LSB Appears if you set CS to None in step 11 amo oe Idle Time 1 00us
374. ger ENHanced CANBus DATA BORDer BIG LITTle TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA BORDer IGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DER BIG IGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DER Example T BO ER BO gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA BORDER BIG R R R R R R TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA CONDition Function Sets the data condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA CONDition Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt Function Sets the comparison data of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt lt NRE gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DATA1 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DATA1 gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Descriptions Use TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus DATA DATA1 when TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus DATA CONDition GTHan is specified Use TRIGger ENHANCED CANBus DATA DATA2 when TRIGger E
375. gger or queries the current 7 96 2CBus ADATa TYPE setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the I C bus signal trigger 7 96 CBus CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the clock channel of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 96 CBus CLOCk SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the data of the I C bus signal trigger 7 96 CBus DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the number of data bytes of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the 7 96 CBus DATA BYTE current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the I C 7 96 CBus DATA CONDition bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the I C bus signal trigger 7 97 CBus DATA DPOSition or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 97 CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Enables Disables the data conditions of the I C bus signal trigger or queries 7 97 CBus DATA MODE the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the 7 97 CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the pattern comparison s
376. gs The same holds true for Setup 2 Trigger on Setup 1 Auto setup 1 Setup 1 in the BUS SETUP menu Analysis 1 Decode Setup in the WINDOW 1 menu Search 1 Search Setup in the ZOOM 1 menu Bus Setup dialog box Triggering TRIGGER in the SERIAL BUS menu Trigger on Setup 2 Trigger on No Link Setup 2 in the BUS SETUP menu Decode Setup in the WINDOW 2 menu Search Setup in the ZOOM 2 menu Auto setup 2 Analysis 2 Search 2 How Analysis and Search Settings Affect Auto Setup and Trigger Settings How Analysis and Search Settings Affect Auto Setup Settings If you change settings for Analysis 1 or Search 1 the corresponding settings in auto setup 1 will change The same holds true for Analysis 2 and Search 2 How Analysis and Search Settings Affect Trigger Settings If Setup 1 is selected in the Trigger on list and you change the settings for Analysis 1 or Search 1 the corresponding trigger settings will change Changing the settings for Analysis 2 or Search 2 will not affect the trigger settings Likewise If Setup 2 is selected in the Trigger on list and you change the settings for Analysis 2 or Search 2 the corresponding trigger settings will change Changing the settings for Analysis 1 or Search 1 will not affect the trigger settings If No Link is selecte
377. gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 5 5 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup FSIZe Function Sets the field size used for SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 32 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup ITIMe Function Sets the idle time used in SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt Time gt DONTcare SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt x gt 10r2 lt Time gt 10ns to ims in 10 ns steps Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10NS SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP ITIME gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10 0000E 09 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal search three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP MODE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 7 76 IM 701310
378. gt ANALyze UART PMODe lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART PMODE EVEN ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART PMODE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART PMODE EVEN Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART POLarity Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis parity or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART POLarity NEGative POSitive ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART POLarity lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART POLARITY NEGATIVE ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART POLARITY gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART POLARITY NEGATIVE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART SPOint Function Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis sample point spuewwog uonesiunwwog or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART SPOint lt NRf gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze UART SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART SPOINT 18 8 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART SPOINT gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE UART SPOINT 18 8E 00 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and
379. gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address HEXA Function Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT1lOaddress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 8 is the R W bit SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT10ADDRESS HEXA 5DF spuewwog uonesiunwwog Syntax Example Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 57 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address PATTern Function Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT10address PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 8 is the R W bit Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT1OADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L
380. gt 1or2 Function Sets the trace of the CAN bus signal search or lt NRf gt 1 to 8 queries the current setting Example SEARCH1 I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 Syntax SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup TRACe lt NRf gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup TRACe gt SEARCH1 I12CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP TRACE 1 Function Queries all settings related to the I2C bus signal SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP TRACE search setup gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP TRACE 1 Syntax SEARch lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup lt x gt 10r2 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP 7 Function Queries all settings related to the I C bus signal gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA search BIT1LOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 o Syntax SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA S lt x gt 10r2 BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 3 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB 5 gt SEARCH1 I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 S SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB o BIT10ADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 SEARCH1 O SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7ADDRESS I2CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT7APSUB S PATTERN 11011110 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP DATA BYTE 1 3 SETUP ADATA
381. gt DATA PATTern lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 64 characters by combining 0 1 and X in one byte unit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA PATTERN 11011111 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA PATTERN 11011111 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN Function Syntax Example Sets sign of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA SIGN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA SIGN SIGN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt FORMat Function Syntax Example Sets each message format standard or extended of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt FORMat STD EXT TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR
382. gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus MODE Function Sets the trigger mode of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus MODE ADATa ESTart GCAL1 NAIGnore SBHSmode TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS MODE ADATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS MODE ADATA Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore Function Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the logic 1 C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 Description This command can be applied t
383. gt MODE lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 MODE 1 IM 701310 51E 7 91 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIiGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR Function Syntax Example Sets each RTR of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR DATA DONTcare REMote TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 RTR DATA TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 RTR gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 RTR DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS IDSTD gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS 00011111101 IDSTD PATTERN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDSTd HEXA Function Syntax
384. gt gt Gea gt ac X X X X X X X X l XIXIXIX XIXIXIX EEE DEX Xxxx BEE BCPC XIXxIxx Set the data pattern hexadecimal Greater Equal Less Equal Data Greater Equal Size 8 byte Data Dec o Byte Order Bg Litte Sign Sig Unsign MSB LSB 7 Between Out of Range Data Between Size 8__ byte Data Dec 0 255 Byte Order Big Litte Sign Sign Unsign MSB LSB 7 Proceed to step 11 on page 5 21 5 20 IM 701310 51E 5 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals When the Mode Is Error 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the error type from Parity to Framing You can select all error types using the OR logic Condition Source Mode Eror y Error Type OR Parity Checksum Synch Time Out Framing Proceed to step 11 Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point Revision Level and Hysteresis 11 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab Setting the Bit Rate Sample Point and Revision 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 19200bps to 1200bps If you select the User check box you will be able
385. h lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the SPI bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of lt PATTern x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt Up to 32 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATAI1 PATTERN1 11101111 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 PATTERN1 gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 PATTERN1 11101111 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the source channel of the data of the SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup DATA lt x gt TRACe lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 TRACE 1 SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 TRACE gt SEARCH1 SPIBUS SETUP DATA1 TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB Function Sets the enabled range of the field used for SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt NR gt lt NRf
386. h lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor Syntax SYNCh lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR SYNCH ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR SYNCH gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR SYNCH 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor TOUT Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Timeout error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor OUT lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor OUT lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR OUT ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR OUT gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR TOUT 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 66 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID Function Queries all settings related to the ID of the logic LIN bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN 101111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID HEXA Functio
387. h lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk Sets the polarity of the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal 7 68 POLarity search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk Sets the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries 7 68 SOURce the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS Queries all settings related to the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI 7 68 bus signal search IM 701310 51E 7 9 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS Sets the active level of the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus 7 69 ACTive signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS Sets the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search or 7 69 TRACe queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic SPI bus signal search 7 69 SETup SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Sets the bit order of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current 7 69 SETup BITorder setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Queries all settings related to each data of the logic SPI bus signal search 7 69 SETup DATA lt x gt SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus
388. hannel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity FALL RISE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk POLarity lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CS Function Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CS lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive Function Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or q
389. he zoom position the center of the zoom box moves to the head of the frame highlighted in the list If you press the Field Jump soft key the zoom position will move to the head of the corresponding field in the highlighted frame 4 Zoom Link Zoom Link OFF Zoomi Frame ID Zoomi Payload Zon Length Header Header gt CRC gt CRC 4 List Setup Cycle Count Cycle Count kA lt Display Setup Data Data Zoom Link Field Jump RE RE e Selecting the Zoom Link For 2C SPI or UART 18 Press the Zoom Link soft key When CAN is selected p Field Jump When LIN is selected p Field Jump SOF Break Synch Control Field Data Field Checksum 19 Press the appropriate soft key from OFF to Zoom2 to select the zoom waveform area to link to If you select Zoom1 or Zoom2 set the scroll direction to V and use the rotary knob the zoom position the center of the zoom box moves to the head of the frame highlighted in the list lt 4 List Setup v a Display Setup 4 Zoom Link Zoomi Saving Analysis Results To save the analysis results of a seri
390. he current 7 34 CANBus SPOint setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the trace of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries the current setting 7 34 CANBus TRACe ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Turns the serial bus signal analysis decoding display ON OFF or queries the 7 34 DECode current status ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the IC bus signal analysis 7 34 2CBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the clock channel of the IC bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 35 2CBus CLOCk setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the data channel of the I C bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 35 2CBus DTRace setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the LIN bus signal analysis 7 35 LINBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the LIN bus signal analysis bitrate data transfer rate or queries the 7 35 LINBus BRATe current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Break Field in the results of the LIN bus signal 7 35 LINBus FJUMp BREak analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Checksum Field in the results of the LIN bus 7 35 LINBus FOUMp CSUM signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Data Field in the results of the LIN bus signal 7 35 LINBus FOUMp DATA analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Execut
391. he differential probe negative to CAN_Low and the probe positive to CAN_High e Fora one wire system single ended Connect the differential probe negative to GND ground potential and probe positive to CAN_High In this case the passive probe model 701943 can be connected to CAN_High IM 701310 51E 1 3 sisAjeuy jeuBig sng e118 34 JO MAIAJZAQ E 1 3 LIN Bus Signal LIN stands for Local Interconnect Network It is a serial communication protocol used mainly for automobiles and other vehicles By using this feature you will be able to analyze data while displaying signal waveforms on the LIN bus as analog waveforms The LIN bus signal analysis feature consists of the following three main features Trigger gt For the procedure see section 3 3 Analysis The trigger activates on the rising edge of the break delimiter One of the following can be selected for the bit rate 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps 1200 bps or User Trigger point Y Break Field Break Synch Field Protected Identifier Delimite R A trigger can be activated on the combination of the trigger conditions of the LIN bus signal and CAN bus signal or of the LIN bus signal and analog signal event interval trigger For details on the event interval trigger see section 6 20 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E gt For the procedure see section 4 4 T
392. hen the data patterns are compared f On the rising edge 4 On the falling edge Level Set the reference level for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Hysteresis Set the hysteresis for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings A and Av correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division Found Point The found point position is the same as the trigger point position For a description of the trigger point see Explanation in section 3 4 5 30 IM 701310 51E 5 6 Searching UART Signals Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 5 in section 5 1 to set the search type to UART 2 Press the Setup soft key The Setup dialog box appears Selecting the Mode 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab UART Search Setup Search Type Condition Source a Mode F lt o Data Setup Size 4 byte
393. his feature analyzes the LIN bus signal data and shows a list of the analysis results There are two types of analysis result lists simple and detail The simple list displays the analysis number ID Data and Checksum status The detail list displays the time from the trigger position ID field ID parity error and Checksum error in addition to the items displayed by the simple list The data of the analysis result can be saved to an arbitrary storage medium in CSV format You can select an arbitrary field in the analysis results list and automatically display the LIN bus signal for that field zoom link Search gt For the procedure see section 5 4 You can search for a specific field on the LIN bus signal data When the search is executed the zoom box moves to the data position where the conditions are met and the data is expanded in the zoom window Zoom1 or Zoom2 IM 701310 51E 1 4 SPI Bus Signal The SPI Serial Peripheral Interface Bus is a synchronized serial bus that is widely used for inter IC communications and data communications By using this feature you will be able to analyze data while displaying the SPI Bus signal waveform The SPI Bus signal analysis feature consists of the following three main features Trigger gt For the procedure see section 3 4 Acquires SPI Bus signals by comparing the specified conditions with the input signals at the byte level 8 bits The data position to be compared can be
394. his feature triggers the rising edge of the Break delimiter of the LIN bus signal Mode The mode is fixed to Break The trigger activates on the rising edge of the Break delimiter of the LIN bus signal Trigger point Y Break Field Break Synch Field Protected Identifier Delimite Source You can select the source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Bit Rate You can select the LIN bus signal transfer rate from the following 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps 1200 bps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 1000 bps to 20000 bps in 10 bps steps Trigger Level You can set the LIN bus signal trigger level for CH1 to CH4 separately e The selectable range is 8 divisions within the screen The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV e You can reset the trigger level to the current offset voltage by pressing RESET e If the source is set to a signal from AO to D7 the trigger level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Hysteresis Hysteresis specifies a voltage range
395. ia aiara Ea 3 19 E Page error frame 3 20 error frame mode we 3 16 iror MESSAGCs Ns dA a a ae Aloha bard ol di e 6 1 Every Start Modessa iieii esinen ade oia e iaaiiai 3 5 F field jump format 2 se found point Mark c csdeen Gia eee ead a etait 5 3 fOUNC POINt NUMDE irssi deikiak ea teiaa aiaa 5 3 found point CAN 5 17 found point I2C 5 10 found point LIN tinsen iraun candea a 5 25 found point SP loea airen eee ici ees 5 30 found point UART 5 34 four Wire 00 3 25 Fame NY PO a ese sm teers oor a eta coed te aa AEE cane i 3 16 framing EIN eea sect lee dead ie aara aaiae 5 24 G Page general Call address cscceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteeeeeteeaeeeeenaeeees 3 7 General Call Mode vsisi iii 3 7 H Page HN Soft Keyin aan wins ei aed 5 1 high speed CAN ccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeieeeeseeeeeeas 1 3 l 2C DUS wa nn i aa aii A isa tires I2C bus signal analySis ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeee I2C bus signal searching a WAC OQ E ee aE ONE T a e ees ID GAN site die osotuan da A aaea fasion ID Data OR mode CAN sssesessessererrrerrsrrnerrsrrsrrrerrerreer ID Ext Data mMod sit sani eiii iiei a ID Std Data MOdE sisi sccvsceseiccesectesecsevevvcsrcadiecasecavisveueredeess L Page LIN US ais cele nea aa a a a aa 8 3 LIN bus signal analySis cccccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeees 4 18 LIN bus s
396. ial Bus Setup 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup Procedure MEASURE ANALYSIS DISPLAY ZOOM G XY INTENSITY Disp 4 MAG A TELECOM TEST ACCUM CLEAR DISP 2 HISTORY CLEAR PARAM ACCUM V HISTORY Selecting a Serial Bus Signal and Executing Auto Setup Selecting a Serial Bus Signal 1 Press SETUP 2 Press the Serial Bus Setup soft key The BUS SETUP menu and a dialog box appear 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Setup 1 or Setup 2 tab You can also press the Setup 1 or Setup 2 soft key SETUP Serial Bus Setup mm gus SETUP m aan 5 Bus Setup Setupi Setup 2 S Initialize Setup 1 Type E o SDA c2 _ M Auto Setup so con Mo Setup 2 TRIGGER DECODE Auto Seu a Undo SEARCH Undo lal N FLevel Hys Power Analysis Setup Short cut Serial Bus To SERIAL BUS Setup TRIGGER sis To DECODE lt lt Trigger on No Link 7 Recall J To SEARCH 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the serial bus signal type from 12C to UART Setup 1 Setup 2 Type SDA so TRIGGER DECODE SEARCH F Level Hys IM 701310 51E dn s sng elias 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set
397. ic I2CBus GCAL1 Function Queries all settings related to the general call of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS GCALL gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general code of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress Example TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS GCA BIT7MADDRESS gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is fixed 1 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS HEXA AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the gene
398. ic LIN bus signal search Synch error or queries the current 7 66 SETup ERRor SYNCh setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Timeout error or queries the current 7 66 SETup ERRor TOUT setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Queries all settings related to the ID of the logic LIN bus signal search 7 67 SETup ID SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the ID of the logic LIN bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 67 SETup ID HEXA SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the ID of the logic LIN bus signal search in binary notation or queries 7 67 SETup ID PATTern the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search mode or queries the current setting 7 67 SETup MODE SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the 7 67 SETup REVision current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search sampling point or queries the current 7 67 SETup SPOint setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the trace of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current 7 68 SETup TRACe setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus Queries all settings related to the logic SPI bus signal search 7 68 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock signal channel of the logic SPI bus 7 68 signal search SEARC
399. ied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA PMODe Function Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the logic I2C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA PMODe DONTcare SELect SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup DATA PMODe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA PMODE DONTCARE SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA PMODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 1I2CBUS SETUP DATA PMODE DONTCARE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DATA TRACe Function Sets the data trace of the logic I C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup DATA TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup DATA TRACe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP DATA TRACE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP DATA TRACE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic
400. ies all settings related to the data of the logic LIN bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG BNUM 8 CONDITION TRUE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 127 00000E 00 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SIGN SIGN Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA BNUM Function Sets the number of bytes of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA BNUM lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA BNUM lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA BNUM 1 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA BNUM 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example BNUM gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA BORDer Function Sets the data byte order of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA BORDer BIG LITTle SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA BORDer lt x gt 10r2 SEARCH1 SL
401. igger condition Select OFF to disable the trigger condition If you select OFF proceed to step 10 on page 3 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the condition to True or False set Pos Mode to X or Select and set the position and size Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob and SET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen Data Data Pattern Mode oF ON H decimal Condition True False x X xX x nexadecima BOX IX 1X XIXIXIX XIX LK LX XIX Xx a Binary Pos Mode x Select Position O byte Size 4 byte AE AN EE A xik keek PEE b Set the data pattern hexadecimal Proceed to step 10 on page 3 4 IM 701310 51E 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal When the Mode Is NON ACK 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Nack bits to ignore from Start Byte to Read Access The Nack bits whose check box is selected will not be used as trigger conditions The trigger condition is met when the DL9000 detects any of the Nack bits whose check box is not selected 12C Trigger Setup Condition
402. ignal 7 126 NAIGnore RACCess trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the I2C bus signal 7 126 NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the IC 7 126 SBHSmode bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced 1I2CBus Sets the type of the start byte or high speed mode of the 1 C bus signal 7 126 SBHSmode TYPE trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced LINBus Queries all settings related to the LIN bus trigger or queries the current 7 126 setting 7 20 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger ENHanced LINBus BRATe Sets the LIN bus signal trigger bitrate data transfer rate or queries the 7 126 current setting TRIGger ENHanced LINBus SOURce Sets the LIN bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting 7 126 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal trigger 7 126 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting 7 127 BITorder TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus CLOCk Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 127 TRIGger ENHance
403. ignal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example PATTERN gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa TYPE Function Sets the address type of the logic 1 C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa TYPE BIT10address BIT7ADdress BIT7APsub SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa TYPE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA TYPE BIT1LOADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L spuewwoy uoljesunwwo TYPE gt IM 701310 51E 7 59 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup DA
404. ignal search or queries the 7 64 SETup DATA CONDition current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the comparison data of the logic LIN bus signal search data or queries 7 65 SETup DATA DATA lt x gt the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the data of the logic LIN bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 65 SETup DATA HEXA SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the MSB LSB bit of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the 7 65 SETup DATA MSBLsb current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the data of the logic LIN bus signal search in binary notation or queries 7 65 SETup DATA PATTern the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the data sign of the logic LIN bus signal search or queries the current 7 65 7 SETup DATA SIGN setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal search error 7 66 O SETup ERRor S SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Checksum error or queries the current 7 66 3 SETup ERRor CHECksum setting 2 SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Framing error or queries the current 7 66 A SETup ERRor FRAMing setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Parity error or queries the current 7 66 SETup ERRor PARity setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Sets the log
405. ignal searching cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 5 18 List Setup soft key wae 42 LIST SOMKOY i sestevcs tecksee A T EA little CNIAN ence ecid eels ne cadine thay a E ade coureateies low speed CAN ihe ESB CAN acorn ct sar AG ate heated comet n eee M Page MATH eeiosstisaienet tern tinea nies 4 14 MATH Group igo ca eter ees eieaa a aa Meena pee 7 43 Math on History Exec soft key ceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 15 MESSAGE vette cet Sialic e A nia ARA MSB CAN i MSB LSB CAN or retaisiais yip ind 3 18 N Page No Eiri OE TNE E E E E E Le 2 4 NON ACK MOJE givnan a iadi 3 7 MOLAUIONS anman a ra a Aa N REEE iii O Page Operati Nendeni capensis Aide 4 14 P Page pallity LIN Aea e E EEA 5 24 Pattern Mark soft key wee 5 3 position 2O in rana e avin whe 3 6 IM 701310 51E Index 1 B a Index R Page FECESSIVEIEVEN fects a E E aka EAEE aie 3 19 temot FAME ipponin ieai 3 16 3 20 TOVISIONS caerse en en e ia ao Ena E kea aa Erate daaa Hakkaten ii SEARch Group T search resul rniran pi anina e EREA eden Sear chistatt point soodaa o i ee search type o n Search Type soft key second byte SERIalbus Group p iaeiiai addii serial clock osti ai eN e 3 9 4 12 3 9 4 12 simple scroll MOCEC ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeteneeeteneeess 4 2 CoA PA ONE PE EEEE E EEA EE PEE EEEE E 3 6 SIZO 2 SPI AEON A ies us A E ENEA 3 25 SOFmode hiad en teaeac
406. inal time needed to transmit one bit defined in the physical layer Note If the bus contains a frame with a different data length and you set the error type to Checksum Timeout or Framing the DL9000 may not be able to search the correct position Bit Rate Sample Point Revision Level and Hysteresis Bit Rate You can select the LIN bus signal transfer rate from the following 19200 bps 9600 bps 4800 bps 2400 bps 1200 bps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 1000 bps to 20000 bps in 10 bps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the bus level from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 LIN bus signal trigger circuit samples the input LIN bus signal using the internal clock and detects the point of level change Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the reciprocal of the set bit rate See the illustration on page 3 19 5 24 IM 701310 51E 5 4 Searching LIN Bus Signals Revision You can select revision 2 0 or 1 3 If the search mode is set to Error and the error type is set to Checksum select whether to detect enhanced checksum or classic checksum errors LIN 2 0 Detects errors in the enhanced checksum that includes the protection ID However if the ID is a value from 60 0x3c to 63 Ox3f classic checksum errors will be
407. ings related to the address of the I C bus signal search 7 48 ADATa SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Queries all settings related to the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal search 7 48 ADATa BIT10address SEARcCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 48 ADATa BIT10address HEXA SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup Sets the 10 bit address of the I C bus signal search in binary notation or 7 48 ADATa BIT10address PATTern queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal search 7 48 ADATa BIT7ADdress SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup Sets the 7 bit address of the I2C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 48 ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal search in binary notation or 7 49 ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern queries the current setting IM 701310 51E 7 5 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page n BARCh lt x gt 12C Bus SETup Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal 7 49 ADATa BIT7APsub search SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 49 ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess the I2C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SET
408. ion Source Source Select Analog Logic Select Analog Logic SDA cH2 M Source Source sa ci M SDA c2 iy SDA Al H Qualification scL cHi yl scl A0 E Logic AND OR Qualification __ Qualification CHi CH2 CH3 CH4 Logic AND OR Logic AND OR SAL Mm You can select the om casa Level Hys a oa x x status of the CH1 to eau 4 CH4 signals except for setup ERA 4 the channels selected 4 7 6 5S 4 3 2 4 0 for SDA and SCL A7 AG A5 A4 A3 A2 Al AO au i Poda MES x x x x x SDA so Level Level B7 B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 BL BO Hys rd Hys H Pod B x x x x x x x x CH2 CH2 C7 co c5 C4 c3 C2 Ci co Level 0 00V Level 0 00V pade L 7 x x x x x x D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 Di DO me a a g PodD x x x x x x x x H3 CHB a ai a You can set the status of the AO to A7 BO to B7 a ei CO to C7 and DO to D7 signals AO to A7 and Level 0 00 Level 9 00 CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L excluding Hys x Hys z the signals that are assigned to SDA and SCL sources 3 4 IM 701310 51E 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal Explanation Mode This feature triggers on I C bus signals The following figure shows the data format of I2C bus signals Start condition Acknowledge bits al Address and RWW bits gt H4 4 __ Data byte 4 SDA Stop condition SCL
409. ion Sets the 7 bit address of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS HEXA DE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example 7 130 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Syntax lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the logic 1 C bus trigger TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011
410. ion Sets the logic UART bus signal search data in hexadecimal SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt Up to 8 characters by combining 0 to F and X units of 1 byte Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA HEXA A9 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA PATTern Function Sets the data of the logic UART bus signal search in binary or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART DATA PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 32 characters by combining 0 1 and X units of 1 byte SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA PATTERN 11011111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART DATA PATTERN 11011111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor Function Queries all settings related to the logic UART bus signal search error Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC UART ERROR FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 PMODE EVEN Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic UART ERRor FRA
411. ion again 670 The corresponding field was not found 675 Serial bus automatic setting is in progress Please wait IM 701310 51E 6 1 soBessow l Chapter 7 Commands 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt Queries all settings related to the logic serial bus signal feature 7 24 ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the logic serial bus signal 7 24 ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the logic I2C bus signal analysis 7 24 2CBus ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the clock channel of the logic 1 C bus signal analysis or queries the 7 24 2CBus CLOCk current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the data channel of the logic I2C bus signal analysis or queries the 7 24 2CBus DTRace current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal analysis 7 25 LINBus ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the logic LIN bus signal analysis or 7 25 LINBus BRATe queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Break Field in the results of the logic LIN bus 7 25 LINBus FJUMp BREak signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt
412. iption This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 58 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic I C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 Syntax lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA CD Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic IC bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt x gt 10r2 Syntax lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS S
413. is command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt Syntax D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA Function Queries all settings related to the data of the logic IC bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I12CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX Syntax PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to
414. ive to dominant Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the reciprocal of the set bit rate If the sample point is set to 62 5 Input m waveform b Et L L 1 bit R Waveform 62 5 sampled using gt i the internal clock 1 1 bit bit 18 8 90 6 Sample point Trigger Level You can set the CAN bus signal trigger level for CH1 to CH4 separately e The selectable range is 8 divisions within the screen The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV e You can reset the trigger level to the current offset voltage by pressing RESET Hysteresis Hysteresis specifies a voltage range above and below the trigger level to prevent the DL9000 from triggering on minute voltage fluctuations A Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 0 3 divisions around the trigger level VA Specifies a hysteresis of approximately 1 division around the trigger level The values above are typical They are not strictly warranted Recessive Level Set the recessive level to high H or low L The logical value of the recessive level is 1 and that of the dominant level is 0 in either setting H The recessive level is higher than the dominant level L The recessive level is less than the dominant level IM 701310 51E
415. l 7 89 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA BORDer trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets each data condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or 7 89 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA queries the current setting CONDition TRIGger EINTerval E t lt x gt Sets comparison data of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 89 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA lt x gt signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval E t lt x gt Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of each data of the OR condition of the 7 89 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DLC CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval E t lt x gt Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in 7 90 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EF t lt x gt Sets the MSB and LSB bits of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 90 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MSBLsb signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary 7 90 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA PATTern notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets sign of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or 7 90 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA SIGN queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets each message for
416. le TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE AO TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE A0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus trigger three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic SPIBus MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS MODE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L s sy TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal trigger of the event Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE 1 TRIGGER
417. lect the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Setting the Trigger Level and Hysteresis Set the trigger level and hysteresis if you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series and you selected Analog in step 11 or if you are using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Setup under Level Hys The Level Hys dialog box appears 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis for each source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series On the DL9500 DL9700 Series When Analog is selected in step 8 When Logic is selected in step 8 cs cs Select Analo Source CH1 I Source CH1 I cs Active H L Active H L Level ys Source AO i Clock Clock Active H L Source cH2 _ y cS H Source cra sl Clock Polarity F Level Polarity F source a baai m Hys zz baai Polarity F c lt Source c3 Clock cH lt Source c3 Data 1 Data 2 Level poy Data 2 lt Source a U Source cH4a y
418. logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 32 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup ITIMe Function Sets the idle time used in logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt Time gt DONTcare SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup ITIMe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt Time gt 10ns to 1ms in 10 ns steps Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10NS SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP ITIME gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP ITIME 10 0000E 09 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the logic SPI bus signal search three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP MODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS
419. lowing four main features Trigger gt For the procedure see section 3 2 By setting the ID bit pattern DLC Data and ACK slot status of the CAN bus a trigger can be activated on a specific data frame or remote frame Up to four ID Data conditions can be specified allowing triggers to be activated on their OR conditions In addition the SOF Start of Frame or error frame can be used as a trigger condition Example Standard Format of the Data Frame Data frame lt mi i Arbitration field i Control field Data field CRC field ACK i i gt lt gt lt gt Recessive 3 3 O a A 2 ID 28 18 2 5 2 DLC 3 0 Data CRC g x g EOF fee elalse2 7a DIM S sequence alaja z 3 Dominant 1 111 4 8N 0 lt N lt 8 15 111 7 A A 1 2 3 4 5 1 Trigger point when the trigger condition is set to SOF 2 Trigger point when the trigger condition is set only on the ID bit pattern 3 Trigger point when the trigger condition is set on the ID bit pattern and DLC 4 Trigger point when the trigger condition is set on the ID bit pattern and Data bit pattern 5 Trigger point when the trigger condition is set to the ACK slot state A trigger can be activated on the combination of the trigger conditions of the CAN bus signal and analog signal event interval trigger For details on the event interval trigger see section 6 20 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or
420. lt x gt Queries all settings related to the CAN bus tigger of the event 7 85 CANBus TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ACK condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 85 CANBus AC setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries 7 85 CANBus BRATe the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal trigger data 7 85 CANBus DATA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the byte order of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current 7 86 CANBus DATA BORDer setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 86 CANBus DATA CONDition setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the comparison data of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the 7 86 CANBus DATA DATA lt x gt current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of the CAN bus signal trigger data or 7 86 CANBus DATA DLC queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the CAN bus signal trigger data in hexadecimal notation 7 87 CANBus DATA HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the MSB and LSB bits of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the 7 87 CANBus DATA MSBLsb current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the CAN b
421. mand can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub Syntax TRIGger SADDress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa TYPE Function Sets the address type of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus ADATa TYPE BIT10address BIT7ADdress BIT7APsub TRIGger LOGic I12CBus ADATa TYPE Example TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA YPE BIT1OADDRESS TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TYPE gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1LOADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus CLOCk Function Queries all settings related to the clock
422. mat standard or extended of the OR condition of the 7 90 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt FORMat CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the ID of each extended format of the OR 7 90 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt condition of the CAN bus signal trigger IM 701310 51E 7 13 spuewwoy 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVEN tSk gt s Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 91 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt HEXA signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of each extended format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 91 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDEXt PATTern signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the ID of each standard format of the OR 7 91 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 91 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd HEXA signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 91 CANB
423. mple TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 101 bas spuewwoy uonesiunwwog 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGI
424. n Sets the ID of the logic LIN bus signal search in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID HEXA 2A Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID PATTern Function Sets the ID of the logic LIN bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ID PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 6 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN 101111 SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN 101111 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup MODE Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup MODE IDData SYNCh SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP
425. n the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series On the DL9500 DL9700 Series When Analog is selected in step 10 When Logic is selected in step 10 cs cs Select Analo Source CH1 I Source CH1 I cs Active H L EAA Active H L Source ao M Clock Clock Active H L Source cH2 r CS CH1 ________ Source cH2 r Clock Polarity Ft Level Polarity F t Source a o batai m Hys az batai m Polarity F E lt Source cH3 M Clock CH2 lt Source cH3 M Data 1 Data 2 Level 700 Data 2 lt Source a U Source cH4 iy Hys a Source ca iy _ pata 2 Level Hys Data 1 CH3 Level Hys Source A3 E Setup gt Level 0 00V F atip Hys z Data 2 CH4 io Level 0 00 Hys z If you selected 3 wire in step 4 on the previous page one data item will appear because there is only one data source Executing the Search Explanation Carry out steps 6 to 14 in section 5 1 This feature searches SPI bus signals For the SPI bus signal time chart see Explanation in section 3 4 Wiring System Select from the following modes Three wire The DL9000 searches using the data pattern condition of one data line Four wire The DL9000 searches using the data pattern conditions of Data 1 and Data 2 lines You can also use one of the two data lines as a search condition Bit Order You can set the bit order to MSB or LSB based on the data stream e If you are setting the data in binary notation se
426. n the data pattern is met or not met When a specified general call address is detected Address amp Data Trigger Example e When Activating a Trigger on the Start Condition or Address Pattern Data Pattern Start condition Acknowledge bit Stop condition Address R W bit Data byte 44 Y Se rind s A T LULU 123456789 NEE GTB 9 Trigger activated here Nack Trigger Example e When Activating a Trigger When the Acknowledge Bit Is Not Present When the SDA Signal is high Start condition Stop condition ie Acknowledge bit Address RW bit H Data byte H Nack y present H Acknowledge present L Y SDA SCL 123456789 ere se ak Trigger activated here A trigger can be activated on the combination of the trigger conditions of the 1 C bus signal and analog signal event interval trigger For details on the event interval trigger see section 6 20 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E gt For the procedure see section 4 2 This feature analyzes the I C bus signal data and show
427. nalysis or 7 31 UART DFORmat queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis data format or queries the current 7 31 UART FORMat setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Turns on or off the grouping feature for logic UART signal analysis or queries 7 31 UART GROuping the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis parity mode or queries the current 7 31 UART PMODe setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis parity or queries the current setting 7 31 UART POLarity ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current 7 31 UART SPOint setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the logic UART bus signal analysis trace or queries the current setting 7 32 UART TRACe ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ZLINkage Sets the zoom link of the logic serial bus signal analysis or queries the 7 32 current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt Queries all settings related to the serial bus signal analysis feature 7 32 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the serial bus signal analysis 7 33 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal analysis 7 33 CANBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the CAN bus signal analysis or
428. ndition P stop condition Analysis and Search Conditions e Data Eight bit Segment Bit order MSB First Analysis Conditions Analysis Results Field Size Enable MSB LSB Data1 Data2 CS Abit 3 to0 C 8 A F L 4bit Analysis The data is analyzed in two four bit segments Search The DL9000 searches for four bits from the comparison start field 6bit 5 to 0 3 2 2 B L 6bit Analysis The data is analyzed in one six bit segment The bits are split into one two bit segment and one four bit segment Search The DL9000 searches for six bits from the comparison start field 8bit 5 to 0 0 8 2 F L 6bit Analysis The six least significant bits of one eight bit segment of the data are analyzed The bits are split into one two bit segment and one four bit segment Search The DL9000 searches for the least significant six bits in an eight bit segment from the comparison start field 12bit Analysis and searching do not take place 1 6 IM 701310 51E 1 5 UART Signal Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter UART is an integrated circuit that performs serial to parallel conversion and parallel to serial conversion UART is generally used in inter device communication such as with EIA RS 232 By using this feature you will be able to analyze data while displaying UART signal waveforms The UART signal analysis feature consists of the following three main features Trigger gt For the proce
429. ne Checksum Displays the checksum value in hexadecimal notation Information Detects and displays the following words If a WakeUp signal is detected WakeUp appears If multiple errors are detected in one frame the error with the highest precedence in the list below appears Timeout Error Framing Error Checksum Error Synch Error Parity Error Simple display No ID Data Checksum 0 25 23 95 Detail display ii No imetms D D Field DatalBin Data ecksum Information AA 0 4 171 25 25 00100011 23 10010101 95 00010001 ii 10101010 AA 66 00010010 00100011 00110100 34 01010110 e Decoded Field Display Decodes each field value and displays the value in color Break Orange Synch Pink ID Light green Data Cyan Checksum Light blue WakeUp Green Start Bit Gray fill Stop Bit Gray fill Error Red e Timeout Error Displays a thick red link line in the area that errors occurred e Framing Error Displays Framing Error using black characters on a red background in the field in which an error occurs It is displayed with a higher precedence than Checksum Error Synch Error or Parity Error e Checksum Error Displays the characters of the synch ID or checksum field Synch Error in which an error occurs using black characters on red Parity Error background IM 701310 51E 4 7 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results
430. ng LIN Bus Signals Explanation Modes This feature searches LIN bus signals Set the LIN search mode to Break Synch ID Data and Error Break Synch Mode The DL9000 searches for points where break field synch field are detected Select the break field data length from the following Greater then equal to 10 11 12 or 13 ID Data Mode The DL9000 searches using the AND logic of ID and Data conditions e ID Set the 6 bit protected ID IDO to ID5 bit pattern in the protected identifier field in hexadecimal or binary notation The ID search condition is met when the specified bit pattern matches the input signal ID bit pattern If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status e Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be e Data You can use the Data 1 to Data 8 values as a search condition e Comparison Condition The data search condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal data values with the reference values meets the selected comparison condition Don t care Not used as a search condition True When the input signal value meets the reference value False When the input signal value does not match the reference value Greater Equal When the input signal value is greater than or equal to the reference value Less Equal When the input signal value is less than or equal to the reference value Betwe
431. ng gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD HEXA 5DF SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd PATTern Function Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup IDSTd PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD PATTERN gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup MODE Function Sets the CAN bus signal search mode or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup MODE EFRame IDEXt IDSTd SOF SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP MODE EFRAME SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP MODE gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP MODE EFRAME SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup RECessive Function Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup RECessive HIGH LOw SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup RECessive lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP RECESSIVE HIGH SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP RECESSI
432. nore SBYTe lt Boolean gt TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus NAIGnore SBYTe Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE ON TRIGGER EN SBYTE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE SBYTE 1 ANCED I2CBUS NAIGNORE TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus SBHSmode Function Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the I C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus SBHSmode Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS SBHSMODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE Function Sets the type of the start byte or high speed mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE HSMode SByYTe TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus SBHSmode TYPE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE TRIGger ENHanced LINBus Function Queries all settings related to the LIN bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced LINBus Example TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS BRATE 19200 SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced LINBus BRATe Function Sets the LIN bus signal trigger bitrate data transfer rate or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced LINBus BRATe lt NRf g
433. nowledge L SCL Q Q e 3 Q General Call Mode The DL9000 triggers on the general call address 0000 0000 Second Byte You can use the second byte address pattern the byte after the general call address as a trigger condition The second byte trigger condition is met when the specified pattern matches the input signal pattern X Not used as a trigger condition 0000 0100 When the input signal pattern matches the pattern 0000 0100 0x04 0000 0110 When the input signal pattern matches the pattern 0000 0110 0x06 7bit Master Address When the input signal pattern matches the specified pattern If you select 7bit Master Address you can use the data pattern as a trigger condition as described in the next section Data The conditions and settings are the same as those explained on page 3 6 See the respective item for details Example This example displays the data sequence at the byte level hexadecimal notation and indicates the trigger position The following notations are used in the figure S Start condition P Stop condition Shading Compared pattern Trigger only on the general call address Mode General Call Second Byte X Address and R W bits S 00 27 AE 57 27 FE 98 99 27 P to Triggers here 1 Determines whether the first byte is a general call address Trigger when the second byte address is 06 Mode General C
434. o F and X TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 HEXA1 AB Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce Function Sets the trace of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce lt x gt 1o0r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL
435. o CH4 or from M1 to M4 e On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the sources from None from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from None from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 1 None can only be selected for CS If you set CS to None the DL9000 uses the Idle Time setting to determine the data start position sisAjeuy gt e CS You can select on which CS level to analyze the data H When the signal is high L When the signal is low e Clock You can select on which clock edge to determine the data status Ff On the rising edge 4 On the falling edge e Data 1 and Data 2 You can select which data status to assign to 1 active or 0 H Set to 1 when the data status is greater than or equal to the specified level or 0 otherwise L Set to 1 when the data status is less than or equal to the specified level or 0 otherwise Level Set the reference level for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 2 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV 2 If the source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Hysteresis Set the hysteresis for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4
436. o the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in high speed mode of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore HSMode lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus NAIGnore RACCess lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 1I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS NAIGNORE RACCESS 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt
437. of the logic C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus CLOCk Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock trace of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce A lt x gt B lt x gt C lt x gt D lt x gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus CLOCk SOURce lt x gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA Function Queries all settings related to the data of the logic IC bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA LOGIC I2CBUS DATA gt TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example TRIGGER TRIGger LOGi
438. on Sets the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CsS TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt NONE SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus CS TRACe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS CS Syntax Example TRACE gt TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt NONE can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt NONE can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic SPI bus signal search Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic SPIBus SETup lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 11101111 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX TRACE AO SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP DATA2 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 0 DSIZE 1 PATTERN1 XXXXXXXX PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX TRACE A2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC SPIBUS SETUP MODE WIRE3 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L D
439. on This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB Function Sets the enabled range of the field used for logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt NRf gt lt NRf gt Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 4 5 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP EMSBLSB 1 7 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup FSIZe Function Sets the field size used for logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt NRf gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus SETup FSIZe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 4 to 32 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP FSIZE 4 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 29 spuewwoy
440. on of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATAL DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 HEXA1 AB TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x g
441. on page 3 19 sisAjeuy Format You can select the format from the following 8bit Parity 8 bit data parity bit 7bit Parity 7 bit data parity bit 8bit NonParity 8 bit data with no parity bit Bit Order Select the input signal bit order MSB Reads the data pattern MSB first LSB Reads the data pattern LSB first Parity Set the parity bit to even or odd Source You can select the source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E e Hysteresis The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings A4 and ZV correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division IM 701310 51E 4 25 4 6 Analyzing an UART Signal e Polarity You can selec
442. onditions 5 10 Likewise set ID Data2 to ID Data4 according to steps 5 to 9 Proceed to step 12 on page 3 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to set ID Data 1 to ON or OFF Select ON to enable the trigger condition Select OFF to disable the trigger condition If you select OFF proceed to step 10 Use the rotary knob and SET to select ID Data 1 Setup The ID Data Setup dialog box appears Use the rotary knob and SET to set the format to Std or Ext Use the rotary knob and SET to set the ID Frame Type Data and ACK trigger conditions For the procedure to set each condition see pages 3 12 and 3 13 Press ESC to return to the previous screen Condition Source Mode ID Data 1 ID Data 2 ID Data 3 ID Data 4 ID Data OR 7 ID Data Setup ON m ON ON ON Format Std ID x X Xx Frame Type Detail Data ET Data Out of Range Data Dec Byte Order Bi MSB LSB ACK 255 ig Little Sign Sign Unsign NON ACK 3 14 IM 701310 51E 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal Setting the Source Bit Ra
443. p 5 2 Searching I2C Bus Signals Executing the Search Explanation Modes Carry out steps 6 to 14 in section 5 1 This feature searches I C bus signals For details on the I C bus signal data format see Explanation in section 3 1 Set the 12C search mode to Every Start ADR amp DATA NON ACK General Call or Start Byte HS Mode Address e You can set the address type to 7bit Address 7bit Sub Address or 10bit Address Set the address pattern in hexadecimal or binary notation The address search condition is met when the specified address pattern matches the input signal address pattern If you specify X the condition is assumed to be met regardless of the corresponding bit status Ifa binary pattern contains any Xs the corresponding hexadecimal display will be Data You can select whether or not to use the data pattern as a search condition e Comparison Condition The data search condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal pattern with the specified pattern meets the selected comparison condition True When the patterns match False When the patterns don t match Comparison Start Position In the Pos Mode setting you can set the comparison start point to the specified point Select or don t care X If you select Select the DL9000 skips the specified number of bytes and starts comparing from the next data byte Selectable range 0 to 9999 e Data Size
444. prior notice as a result of continuing improvements to the instrument s performance and features The figures given in this manual may differ from the actual screen Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure the accuracy of its contents However should you have any questions or find any errors please contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer e Copying or reproducing all or any part of the contents of this manual without the permission of Yokogawa Electric Corporation is strictly prohibited All Rights Reserved Copyright 2005 Yokogawa Electric Corporation IM 701310 51E Trademarks Revisions Adobe Acrobat and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated For purposes of this manual the TM and symbols do not accompany their respective trademark names or registered trademark names Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies 1st Edition 2nd Edition 3rd Edition 4th Edition 5th Edition 6th Edition 7th Edition September 2005 March 2006 December 2006 March 2007 August 2007 June 2008 April 2009 IM 701310 51E Symbols and Notations Used in This Manual Safety Markings The following markings are used in this manual Note Calls attention to information that is important for proper operation of the instrument Notation Used in the Procedural Explanations Unit On pages that descri
445. queries 7 33 CANBus BRATe the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the ACK Field in the results of the CAN bus signal 7 33 CANBus FJUMp ACK analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Control Field in the results of the CAN bus signal 7 33 CANBus FJUMp CONTrol analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the CRC Field in the results of the CAN bus signal 7 33 CANBus FJUMp CRC analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Data Field in the results of the CAN bus signal 7 34 CANBus FJUMp DATA analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the Identifier Field in the results of the CAN bus 7 34 CANBus FJUMp IDENtifier signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Executes a field jump to the SOF Field in the results of the CAN bus signal 7 34 CANBus FJUMp SOF analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries 7 34 CANBus RECessive the current setting 7 2 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal analysis or queries t
446. r from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L UART Select a source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Ifyou select a source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 set the threshold level For the setup procedure see section 5 18 in the User s Manual IM701331 01E If you select a source from M1 to M4 you will not be able to execute auto setup e Wiring System Select the wiring system only in the case of an SPI serial bus signal 3 wire One data line 4 wire Two data lines Executing Auto Setup If the DL9000 detects a serial bus signal the trigger analysis and search settings will automatically be set to values appropriate for the input signal e If you select Setup 1 and execute auto setup the settings in Decode Setup in the WINDOW 1 menu Analysis 1 and the settings in Search Setup in the ZOOM 1 menu Search 1 are set to the serial bus signal s type source and detection value see the next page The same holds true for Setup 2 the settings in Decode Setup in the WINDOW 1 menu Analysis 2 and the settings in Search Setup in the ZOOM 2 menu Search 2 If you execute auto setup using Setup 1 or Setup 2 the trigger settings are also changed accordingly For details on the settings that are shared by auto setup trigger analysis and sea
447. r EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 DATA MODE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA MODE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L LOGIC I2CBUS TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the 1 C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA PATTERN1 10101011 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA PMODe Function Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the logic I C bus trigger o
448. r in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCALI1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PATTern lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 7 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Function Sets the second byte type of the general call of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus GCALI1 SBYTe BIT7maddress DONTcare H04 H06 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I12CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS GCALL SBYTE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus MODE Function Sets the trigger mode of the I C bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I12CBus MODE ADATa ESTart GCAL1 NAIGnore SBHSmode TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus MODE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 1I2CBUS MODE ADATA TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS MODE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS MODE ADATA TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus NAIGnore Function Queries all settings related to the
449. r queries 7 28 SPIBus CLOCk SOURce the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI 7 28 SPIBus CS bus signal analysis ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the active level of the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus 7 28 SPIBus CS ACTive signal analysis or queries the current setting IM 701310 51E 7 1 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the chip select signal channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or 7 28 SPIBus CS TRACe queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to each data of the logic SPI bus signal analysis 7 28 SPIBus DATA lt x gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the active level of each data of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or 7 29 SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive queries the current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Sets the data channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the 7 29 SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe current setting ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the setup of the logic SPI bus signal analysis 7 29 SPIBus SETup ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze
450. r queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA PMODe DONTcare SELect TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA PMODe lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 1 DATA PMODE DONTCARE TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS DATA PMODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS DATA PMODE DONTCARE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L LOGIC I2CBUS 7 104 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA SOURce Function Sets the data trace of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA SOURce A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus DATA SOURCe lt x gt 10r2 lt y gt 0to7 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA SOURCE A0 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS DATA SOURCE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt can be applied to the DL9705L and DL9710L A lt y gt C lt y gt can be applied to the DL9505L and DL9510L TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 Function Que
451. r value and SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DATA2 to set the larger value when SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANge is specified SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DLC Function Sets the number of valid bytes DLC of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DLC lt NR gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA DLC lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 8 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA DLC 0 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA DLC gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA DLC 0 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA HEXA Function Sets the CAN bus signal search data in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt Up to 16 characters by combining 0 to F and X in one byte unit Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA HEXA A9 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA MSBLsb Function Sets the MSB and LSB bits of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt See section 5 3 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB 1 0 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB 1 0
452. ral call of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PA ern lt String gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress PA lt String gt 7 characters by combining 0 to 1 and X Example TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ern TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte Function Sets the second byte type of the general call of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic 1I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe BIT7maddress DONTcare H04 H06 TRIGger LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Example TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic I2CBus MODE Function Sets the trigger mode of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus MODE ADATa ESTart GCAL1 NAIGnore SBHSmode TRIGger LOGic 12CBus MODE Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS MO
453. rch features see section 2 2 The Trigger on box at the bottom of the dialog box displays the auto setup name Setup 1 or Setup 2 that has been executed 2 4 IM 701310 51E 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup e For details on the trigger feature see chapter 3 For details on the analysis and search features see chapters 4 and 5 An error message will appear if the DL9000 fails to detect a serial bus signal e Center Position after Auto Setup The center position after auto setup will be 0 V e Waveforms That Were Displayed before Auto Setup If you execute auto setup data in the acquisition memory will be overwritten and waveforms that were displayed before auto setup will be cleared Undoing Auto Setup You can revert to the settings before auto setup by pressing the Undo soft key However you cannot undo auto setup if you turn OFF the power because the settings before auto setup will be discarded Items That Are Set to Default Values and Items That Are Set to Detected Values When you execute auto setup the items are set to default values or set to values that are detected from the signal as shown in the following table Items that are not in the table maintain their current values 2c Items set to default Mode Every Start values Hysteresis 0 6div Qualification Don t care Items that are set to SDA and SCL source levels detected values CAN Items set to default Mode SOF values Hyste
454. rch bit rate data transfer rate or queries the 7 77 current setting SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA Queries all settings related to data of the UART bus signal search 7 77 SEARcCh lt x gt UART DATA BITorder Sets the data bit order of the UART bus signal search or queries the current 7 77 setting SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA DSIZe Sets the number of data bytes of the UART bus signal search or queries the 7 77 current setting SEARcCh lt x gt UART DATA HEXA Sets the UART bus signal search data in hexadecimal 7 77 SEARCh lt x gt UART DATA PATTern Sets the data of the UART bus signal search in binary or queries the current 7 78 setting SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal search error 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor FRAMing Sets the UART bus signal search Framing error or queries the current 7 78 setting SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor PARity Sets the UART bus signal search Parity error or queries the current setting 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART ERRor PMODe Sets the UART bus signal search Parity mode or queries the current setting 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART FORMat Sets the UART bus signal search format or queries the current setting 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART MODE Sets the UART bus signal search mode or queries the current setting 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART POLarity Sets the UART bus signal search polarity or queries the current setting 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART SPOint Sets
455. reak Field Synch Field Protected Identifier Data 1 Data 2 Data N Checksum Error Mode The search start position is where an error occurs IM 701310 51E 5 25 a E 5 5 Searching SPI Bus Signals Procedure 1 Carry out steps 1 to 5 in section 5 1 to set the search type to SPI 2 Press the Setup soft key The Setup dialog box appears Setting the Wiring System Bit Order and Data 3 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Condition tab You can also press the Condition soft key to select the tab Selecting the Wiring System and Bit Order 4 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the mode to 3 wire or 4 wire and the bit order to MSB or LSB SPI Search Setup ec a ees Setup 4 Search Type Condition Source Poon ee a wl by Condition Mode 3 wire E Bit Order MSB LSB Setup Field Size 8 bit Source Enable MSB LSB 73 0 i Ues 7 ee Gee MH Idle Time 1 00us__ Appears if you set CS Don t care H H to None in step 11 gt Data gt Condition True False Position O field size 1 field xx Detail a Setting the Data Search Conditions 5 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the field size to a value from 4 to 32 bits and then set Enable MSB LSB 6 If you set the CS source to None in step 11 on the next page Use the rota
456. reference values to define a reference range The values are automatically adjusted so that the lower limit is less than or equal to the upper limit e If the comparison condition is True or False the data pattern is used as the reference value e Selectable range Set the selectable range in decimal notation Unsigned 0 to 9E 18 The selectable maximum value is limited by the data length and bit position that are determined by the DLC and MSB LSB settings respectively Signed 9E 18 to 9E 18 The selectable minimum and maximum values are limited by the data length and bit position that are determined by the DLC and MSB LSB settings respectively The value is displayed in exponential notation when it exceeds 7 digits example 1234567E 10 Byte Order Set the data byte order to big endian or little endian For an example see page 3 17 Sign Select whether or not to add a sign to the data The selectable range for the data reference value varies depending on this setting MSB LSB Set the MSB and LSB positions in the data to compare For an example see page 3 18 Selectable range 0 to the data size bytes x 8 1 The maximum value is 63 5 16 IM 701310 51E 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals ACK You can use the ACK slot state as a search condition The ACK search condition is met when the selected state matches the input signal ACK slot state Don t care Not used as a search condition NON ACK When
457. resis 0 6div Sample point 62 5 Items that are set to Bit rate detected values Source level Recessive level LIN Items set to default Mode Break values Hysteresis 0 6div Sample point 50 0 Items that are set to Bit rate detected values Source level Revision SPI Items set to default Hysteresis 0 6div values Items that are set to CS clock and data source levels detected values UART Items set to default Mode Every Data values Hysteresis 0 6div Sample point 50 0 Items that are set to Bit rate detected values Source level Polarity IM 701310 51E 2 5 dnjas sng elas 2 1 Executing Serial Bus Signal Auto Setup Signals That Auto Setup Can Be Used Auto setup is possible on a serial bus signal when the following conditions are met Voltage Amplitude greater than or equal to 200 mV when the probe attenuation is set to 1 1 Bit rate Greater than or equal to 1200 bps Frames At least 5 frames over 10 seconds Note e Measurement will only be correct if the probe attenuation ratio is set properly Be sure to set the probe attenuation ratio properly before executing auto setup For the setup procedure see section 6 6 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E If you select a source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 the voltage amplitude must exceed the threshold level For operating instructions see section 5 18 in the User s Manual IM701331 01E Adjusting Settings after
458. rforming Stuff Bit Computation 0 ee 4 13 44 Analyzing a LIN BUS Signal e cc ceccccesseeeeerneeecneeeseaeeeceeaeeesneeeeesaeeeseeaeeeseneeeetneeeeneaes 4 18 4 5 Analyzing a SPI Bus Signal jciesizctessgeceticckviensdeoedehetiediadieetedtvediesiGsieitedlepiata caseeaas teats 4 20 46 Analyzing an VART Signal a irait aa aaa 4 24 Search 5 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Skip Mode Executing the Search and Displaying the Results ccccceeceeceeeeeeeeceeeee eee eecceeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeseceaeeeeseesneeeeeeeneeea 5 1 5 2 Searching 1 C Bus Signals cccccccscscssscecscscsesesesscsesessvscsesesevscecsesasecacsesesecacseseeetacseeesaes 5 4 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals ec cee eeseeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeesseeesesaeeeseeeeessaeeeenaas 5 11 5 4 Searching LIN BUS Signals eee cesses ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeaeeesneeeennaeeesnnaeeeeneeeeee 5 18 5 5 Searching SPI B s Signals i c c cs bsccc eke scbeeceneeectenenedendvstdeasesbee sheet enevedeetvbaceetecnsesdecneeens 5 26 5 6 Searching UART Sigal csc sciescehoecveentebe sgceeesooeesdatenuseuneeduboes suacheedetenevbosdendecremeutentens 5 31 Messages 6 1 Message Scripsi Aara ae tenes suede phoes pase eara aeea 6 1 Commands 7 1 Listof Command Siris iiia eanne enpa apea aandaa iaaiiai 7 1 7 2 ANALYSIS GhOUB iiine cade ede detec stead edn lade vende dadledespuendeeedestayieees E EE a 7 24 7 3 MATH Group s ci etee cece en ee ed a
459. ries all settings related to the general call of the logic I2C bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general code of the logic IC bus trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress lt x gt 10r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC I2CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 LOGIC 12CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic IC bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt LOGic I2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit O is fixed 1
460. rigger condition NON ACK When the status is recessive ACK When the status is dominant NON ACK or ACK When the status is recessive or dominant ID Data OR Mode The DL9000 triggers on the OR logic of multiple ID Std Data conditions or multiple ID Ext Data conditions You can set up to four ID Data conditions The ID Std Data settings are shared with the ID Ext Data settings e You can select whether or not to use each ID Data condition as a trigger condition The trigger conditions and settings of each ID Data condition are the same as those described on pages 3 16 to 3 18 See the respective page for details Note When using the ID Data OR mode set conditions so that the trigger point will be the same If you don t the DL9000 may not trigger at the correct position 3 18 IM 701310 51E 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal Source Bit Rate Sample Point Trigger Level Hysteresis and Recessive Level Bit Rate You can select the CAN bus signal transfer rate from the following 1 Mbps 500 kbps 250 kbps 125 kbps 83 3 kbps and 33 3 kbps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 10 0 kbps to 1 000 Mbps in 0 1 kbps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the bus level recessive or dominant from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 CAN bus signal trigger circuit samples the input CAN bus signal using the internal clock and detects the point of change from recess
461. ring system of the SPI bus signal analysis three wire or four wire 7 40 SPIBus SETup MODE or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the threshold level of the source channel of the 7 40 TRACe lt x gt serial bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the hysteresis of the threshold level of the source channel of the serial 7 40 TRACe lt x gt HYSTeresis bus signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the level of the threshold level of the source channel of the serial bus 7 40 TRACe lt x gt LEVel signal analysis or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the UART bus signal analysis 7 40 UART ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis bit order or queries the current setting 7 41 UART BITorder ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis bit rate data transfer rate or queries the 7 41 UART BRATe current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the byte space for grouping data that is used in UART signal analysis or 7 41 UART BSPace queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the decoded character display format for UART signal analysis or 7 41 UART DFORmat queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis data fo
462. rmat is 8 bits a parity bit the time is equal to Data 8 Parity Bit 1 Start Bit 1 Stop Bit 1 11 bits Resolution Time corresponding to 1 bps Default value The time corresponding to the sum of the number of bits in the UART signal data format and 2 bits 4 26 IM 701310 51E Chapter 5 5 1 Search Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Skip Mode Executing the Search and Displaying the Results Procedure Cu g G Y MEASURE ANALYSIS DISPLAY Z00M XY INTENSITY or me A ED TELECOM TEST ACCUM CLEAR nsP 2 1 Press ZOOM1 or ZOOM2 The ZOOM menu appears 2 Press the H V soft key to select H Selecting a Search Type 3 Press these soft keys Setup gt Search Type gt Serial The Search Type menu appears 4 From the menu that appears press the appropriate soft key to select the search type of the serial bus signal 5 Proceed to the appropriate section indicated below according to the selected search type and then set the search options e 12C Section 5 2 CAN Section 5 3 LIN Section 5 4 SPI Section 5 5 UART Section 5 6 700M 1 700M 1 di Search Type Zoom Zoom 4 Search Type oF oN oF oN Edge Edge Serial Type Main Main Sourc
463. rmat or queries the current setting 7 41 UART FORMat ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Turns on or off the grouping feature for UART signal analysis or queries the 7 41 UART GROuping current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis parity mode or queries the current setting 7 42 UART PMODe ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis polarity or queries the current setting 7 42 UART POLarity ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current 7 42 UART SPOint setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the UART bus signal analysis trace or queries the current setting 7 42 UART TRACe ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ZLINkage Sets the zoom link of the serial bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 42 setting ANALysis TYPE lt x gt Sets the analysis feature type or queries the current setting 7 42 MATH Group MATH lt x gt OPERation Sets the operator or queries the current setting 7 43 MATH lt x gt SBIT Queries all settings related to the stuff bit computation 7 43 MATH lt x gt SBIT BRATe Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the stuff bit computation or queries the 7 43 current setting MATH lt x gt SBIT HISTory ABORt Cancels history computation for stuff bit computation 7 43 MATH lt x gt SBIT HISTory EXECute Executes history computation for stuff bit computation 7 43 MATH lt
464. rmination method match or not match of the data of the logic 7 60 SETup DATA CONDition I C bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the position for comparing the data pattern of the logic I C bus signal 7 60 SETup DATA DPOSition search or queries the current setting Rch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the data of the logic IC bus signal search in hexadecimal notation 7 60 p DATA HEXA lt x gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Enables disables the data conditions of the logic 2C bus signal search or 7 60 SETup DATA MODE queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the data of the logic I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries 7 61 SETup DATA PATTern lt x gt the current setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the logic IC bus signal 7 61 SETup DATA PMODe search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the data trace of the logic I C bus signal search or queries the current 7 61 SETup DATA TRACe setting SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the general call of the logic IC bus signal 7 61 SETup GCAL1 search SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general code of 7 61 SETup GCAL1 BIT7maddress the logic I2C bus signal search SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets the 7 bit master
465. rocal of the set bit rate See the illustration on page 3 19 Source Select the source waveform from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV e Hysteresis The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings A4 and Z correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division e Recessive Level Set the recessive level to high H or low L The logical value of the recessive level is 1 and that of the dominant level is 0 in either setting H The recessive level is higher than the dominant level L The recessive level is less than the dominant level Analysis Reference Point Select the analysis reference point from the following Trig Pos Sets the analysis reference position to the trigger position Manual Set the analysis reference position manually The selectable range is 5 00 divisions and the resolution is 0 01 divisions Frame No 0 in the analysis result list varies depending on the reference point position as follows A B C Reference Point i Frame 1 Frame 2 i Frame 3 Frame 4 A l A A A A Frame No 0 Frame 2 frame 1 is No 1 frame 3 is No 1 and frame 4 is No 2 B
466. rt byte pattern 0000 0001 Start condition Acknowledge bits S Stop condition y Address and R W medl Data byte H 00000001 ape Start byte B i so WUT UUW UY VES eee 123456789 Triggers here e HS Mode The DL9000 triggers on the HS high speed mode master code pattern 0000 1XXX Start condition Acknowledge bits Stop condition Address and RW bits Data byte 4 at 00001xxx son Hate ee F a MUU UUU DBO Tee 123456789 Triggers here 3 8 IM 701310 51E 3 1 Triggering on an I C Bus Signal Example This example displays the data sequence at the byte level hexadecimal notation and indicates the trigger position The following notations are used in the figure S Start condition P Stop condition Shading Compared pattern Trigger on a start byte Mode Start Byte HS Mode Type Start byte S 01 Sr AE 57 27 FE 98 99 27 P A 5 Sr Restart Triggers here SDA SCL and Qualification SDA and SCL Sources You can select the serial data SDA and s
467. ry knob and SET to set the clock s idle time to a value from 10 ns to 1 ms If you select the Don t care check box analysis will start from the left of the screen regardless of the set idle time value 7 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the condition to True or False and set the position and size 8 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the data pattern to compare with e You can also set the data pattern by selecting Detail to open a dialog box and use the rotary knob the SET and soft keys When you are done setting the data pattern press ESC to return to the previous screen e If you select 4 wire in step 4 set Data 1 and Data 2 Data Data Pattern Condition True False H deci i Position O byte size 4 byte x_ Hexadecima xxxix Dx KX Bi X Px Pk pp fx gt inary X X XIXIXIX XIX IX IX Set the data pattern hexadecimal RM KEE If the pattern exceeds 64 x x XIXIXIX XIX IX IX bits only the first 64 bits are displayed The data patterns of each field are displayed on separate lines The example shows the display when there are four fields 5 26 IM 701310 51E 5 5 Searching SPI Bus Signals Setting the CS Clock and Data Sources 9 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to sel
468. s ADATa BIT7APsub Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB gt TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess Function Syntax Example Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the IC bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA Function Syntax Example Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA lt String gt lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA AB 7 122 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of th
469. s SETup NAIGnore SBYTe lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE SBYTE ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE SBYTE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE SBYTE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup SBHSmode Function Queries all settings related to the start byte and high speed mode of the logic 1 C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup SBHSmode lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup SBHSmode TYPE Function Sets the type of start byte and high speed mode of the logic I2C bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup SBHSmode TYPE HSMode SBYTe SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup SBHSmode TYPE lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC 12CBUS SETUP SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic L
470. s 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings 4 and AZ correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division Qualification and Logic Qualification Set the state of signals other than those selected for the SDA and SCL to H L or X This search requirement is called qualification requirement The qualification requirement is met when the selected state matches the input signal state H When the signal is high L When the signal is low X Not used as a search condition Don t care The level for determining high or low is the level that you set above when you set the signal to a channel from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 If the source is set to a signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E Logical Condition You can select the logical condition for the qualification and the search condition for the I C bus signal that you set in each mode The DL9000 searches for points where the logic condition is met AND When the qualification requirement and the I C bus signal search condition are both met OR When either the qualification requirement or the 1 C bus signal search condition is met CH3 L CH4 H Logic AND 12C bus signal search I2C bus signal search condition met condition met Suds ee pees ee I SDA ee ee Hodie Ye series l SCL
471. s a list of the analysis results There are two types of analysis result lists simple and detail The simple list displays the analysis number start and stop conditions analysis data address and data types read write signal and the status of the Acknowledge bit for each byte The detail list displays the time from the trigger position and data information in addition to the items displayed by the simple list The data of the detail list can be saved to an arbitrary storage medium in CSV format In addition you can select an arbitrary byte in the analysis result list and move the zoom position the center of the zoom box to the head of that byte Search gt For the procedure see section 5 2 This feature searches for data that matches a specific address pattern data pattern or Acknowledge bit status in the IC bus signal data When the search is executed the zoom box ZOOM1 or ZOOM2 moves to the data position where the conditions are met and the data is displayed expanded in the zoom window IM 701310 51E 1 1 sisAjeuy jeuBig sng el4ag 34 JO MAIAJZAQ a 1 2 CAN Bus Signal CAN stands for Controller Area Network It is a serial communication protocol standardized internationally by the ISO International Organization for Standardization By using this feature you will be able to analyze data while displaying signal waveforms on the CAN bus as analog waveforms This CAN bus signal analysis feature consists of the fol
472. s of the CAN bus signal analysis o Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus O FJUMp CONTrol S lt x gt 10r2 3 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS FJUMP A CONTROL n ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp CRC Function Executes a field jump to the CRC Field in the results of the CAN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp CRC lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS FJUMP CRC IM 701310 51E 7 33 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp DATA Function Executes a field jump to the Data Field in the results of the CAN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS FJUMP DATA ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp IDENtifier Function Executes a field jump to the Identifier Field in the results of the CAN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp IDENtifier lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS FJUMP IDENTIFIER ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp SOF Function Executes a field jump to the SOF Field in the results of the CAN bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze CANBus FJUMp SOF lt x gt 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS FJUMP SOF ANALysis
473. s related to the CAN bus signal trigger data TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION DONTCARE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 111001010110010001111000100100 1100101010001000010001111111111010 SIGN UNSIGN IM 701310 51E 7 85 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA BORDer Function Syntax Example Sets the byte order of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA BORDer BIG LITTle TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA BORDer lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS DATA BORDER BIG TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT 1 CANBUS DATA BORDER gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA BORDER BIG TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA CONDition Function Syntax Example Sets the data condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus DATA CONDit ion lt x gt 1o0r2 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS DATA CONDITION BETWEEN
474. s the LIN bus signal search Synch error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor SYNCh lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor SYNCh lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR SYNCH ON SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR SYNCH gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR SYNCH 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor TOUT Sets the LIN bus signal search Timeout error or Function Syntax Example queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor TOUT lt Boolean gt SEARcCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ERRor TOUT lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR TOUT ON SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR TOUT gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR TOUT 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ID Queries all settings related to ID of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ID Function Syntax Example lt x gt 1 or 2 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN 101111 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ID HEXA Sets the LIN bus signal search ID in hexadecimal SEARcCh lt x gt LINBus SETup ID Function Syntax Example SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup ID PATTern Sets the LIN bus signal search ID in binary or queries Function Syntax Example HEXA lt string gt lt x gt 1 or
475. s the RTR of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RTR DATA DONTcare REMote TRIGger ENHanced CANBus RTR Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS RTR DATA TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS RTR gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS RTR DATA TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SOURce Function Sets the trigger source of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SOURCe lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SPOint Function Sets the sample point of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SPOint lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus SPOint lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS SPOINT gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the IC bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus Example TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRE
476. s to that point and the SB5000 displays the specified waveform in the zoom waveform area 8 4 IM 701310 51E 8 5 UART Signal Analysis Item Specifications Bit rate Settable to 1200 bps 2400 bps 4800 bps 9600 bps 19200 bps 38400 bps 57600 bps 115200 bps or to any bit rate from 1 k to 200 kbps in 100 bps steps Data format 8 bit data no parity bit 7 bit data parity bit selectable only for error trigger 8 bit data parity bit selectable only for error trigger Triggering Trigger source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Mode Every Data Triggers on the stop bit of all data frames Analysis Signal On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 Analyzable frames Analyzed fields Analysis result display Zoom link Data storage of the analysis result list On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the signal from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L Up to 3000 bytes 1500 bytes before and after the analysis reference point Data additional information parity error and framing
477. setting J Syntax SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA 9 BNUM lt NRf gt o SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA BNUM O lt x gt 1 or 2 S lt NRf gt 1 8 3 T SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA BORDer Function Sets the data byte order of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA BORDer BIG LITTle SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA BORDer lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG IM 701310 51E 7 53 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA CONDition Function Sets the LIN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA CONDition lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION DONTCARE SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA CONDITION DONTCARE SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt Function Sets the comparison data of the LIN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA DATA lt x gt lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SET
478. settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit address Sub 7 59 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess address of the logic I C bus signal search HEXA SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 12CBus Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic I C bus 7 59 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting PATTern SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit address Sub 7 59 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub address of the logic IC bus signal search SADDress SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit address Sub 7 59 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub address of the logic IC bus signal search SADDress HEXA SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit address Sub address of the logic IC bus 7 59 SETup ADATa BIT7APsub signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting SADDress PATTern SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the address type of the logic I2C bus signal search or queries the 7 59 SETup ADATa TYPE current setting SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Queries all settings related to the data of the logic 1 C bus signal search 7 60 SETup DATA SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the number of setup data bytes of the logic I2C bus signal search or 7 60 SETup DATA BYTE queries the current setting SEARcCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus Sets the dete
479. sion e Polarity You can select the bit state that will be considered logical 1 Pos Positive logic Neg Negative logic Found Point The found point position is the same as the trigger point position See Explanation in section 3 5 for details 5 34 IM 701310 51E Chapter6 Messages 6 1 Messages Messages may appear on the screen during operation and this section explains these messages and corrective action to take This section contains a list of messages that only pertain to the serial bus signal analysis and search features There are other messages that pertain to the digital oscilloscope itself and communications For a description of these messages see the respective user s manual that is listed on page i You can select the message language For instructions on how to select the message language see section 17 1 in the User s Manual IM701310 01E or IM701331 01E If the corrective action requires servicing contact your nearest YOKOGAWA dealer for repairs Code Message Corrective Action Section 58 Search execution is completed but no record was found that Chapter 5 matched the pattern 69 Any serial bus signal can not be detected 2 1 70 Serial bus automatic setting was aborted 2 1 73 Check the input voltage level and attenuation ratio 2 1 506 Save data do not exist Check the content to be saved Display the analysis result and then 4 1 execute save operat
480. sis Group ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Function Queries all settings related to the serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS BRATE 1000000 RECESSIVE HIGH SPOINT 62 5E 00 TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE DECODE 1 12CBUS CLOCK 1 DTRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1_ 3 TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 MODE DETAIL SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE MODE CANBUS MPOSITION 0 00000E 00 RPOINT TRIGGER SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP BITORDER LSBFIRST MODE WIRE3 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE2 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE3 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE4 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACES HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE6 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE7 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE T
481. sis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST SCRoll HORizontal VERTical ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST SCRol11 lt x gt 10r2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST SCROLL gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST SCROLL HORIZONTAL Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST VALue Function Queries the automated measured value of the specified analysis number in the analysis result list of the logic serial bus signal analysis Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze LIST VALue lt NRf gt MAXimum MINimum lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 40000 to 40000 lt NRf gt 2999 to 2999 for ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze MODE CANBus Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST VALUE 1 gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE LIST VALUE 1 P 00 A 0 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Set the data to MAXimum or MINimum to specify the maximum list display number or the minimum list display number ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze MODE Function Sets the logic serial bus signal analysis mode or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus
482. sition for comparing the data pattern of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus DATA DPOSition lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA DPOSITION 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the IC bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus DATA HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS DATA HEXA1 AB TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA MODE Function Enables Disables the data conditions of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I12CBus DATA MODE lt Boolean gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus DATA MODE lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA MODE ON TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS DATA MODE 1 A TRIGger EINTerval
483. t 1 or 2 ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 Syntax Example gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE AO Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L 7 28 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALysis Group ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive Function Sets the active level of each data of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive HIGH Low ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive lt x gt of LSBus lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE gt ANALYSIS LSBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe Function Sets the data channel of the logic SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe A lt y gt B lt y gt C lt y gt D lt y gt ANALysis LSBus lt x gt ANALyze SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe lt x gt of LSBus lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt y gt 0to7 Example ANALYSI
484. t 1 or 2 lt x gt of lt PATTern x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce Function Sets the trace of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt SOURce lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 SOURCE 1 Syntax IM 701310 51E 7 113 bas spuewwoy uolnesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus MODE Function Sets the wiring system of the SPI bus signal trigger three wire or four wire or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus MODE WIRE3 WIRE4 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus MODE lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS MODE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL E
485. t USER lt NRE gt TRIGger ENHanced LINBus BRATe lt NRf gt 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 USER lt NRf gt See section 3 3 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS BRATE 19200 TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS BRATE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS BRATE 19200 TRIGger ENHanced LINBus SOURce Function Sets the LIN bus signal trigger source or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced LINBus SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced LINBus SOURce lt NRf gt 1 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS SOURCE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED LINBUS SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Function Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS BITORDER LSBFIRST CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH SOURCE 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 00010010 SOURCE 3 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA2 BYTE 4 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 00010010 SOURCE 3 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS MODE WIRE3 7 126 IM 701310 51E 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced
486. t I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress Function Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the C bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA Function Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 12CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS HEXA DE Example TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BIT7ADdress PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt I2CBus ADATa BI TRIGger ADATa BI lt x gt 1o0r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 1I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110
487. t 1o0r2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE CANBUS BRATE 1000000 RECESSIVE HIGH SPOINT 62 5E 00 TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE DECODE 1 12CBUS CLOCK 1 DTRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS BRATE 19200 REVISION LIN1_3 TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LIST DISPLAY 1 MODE DETAIL SCROLL HORIZONTAL ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE MODE CANBUS MPOSITION 0 00000E 00 RPOINT TRIGGER SPIBUS CLOCK POLARITY FALL SOURCE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA1 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS DATA2 ACTIVE HIGH TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE SPIBUS SETUP Syntax BITORDER LSBFIRST MODE WIRE3 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE1 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE2 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE3 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE4 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACES HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE6 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE7 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE TRACE8 HYSTERESIS 1 000E 00 LEVEL 1 000E 00 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ZLINKAGE OFF 7 32 IM 701310 51E 7 2 ANALy
488. t SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA SIGN SIGN UNSign SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup DATA SIGN lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA SIGN gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP DATA SIGN SIGN Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L IM 701310 51E 7 65 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor Function Queries all settings related to the logic LIN bus signal search error Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 1 FRAMING 1 PARITY 1 SYNCH 1 TOUT 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L SEARch lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor CHECksum Function Sets the logic LIN bus signal search Checksum error or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor CHECksum lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic LINBus SETup ERRor CHECksum lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L
489. t 0 is the R W bit Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS HEXA CD SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern Function Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt String gt SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern lt x gt 10r2 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X bit 0 is the R W bit Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARCH1 I2CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 11001101 SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress Function Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the 1 C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress lt x gt 10r2 Example SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS gt SEARCH1 12CBUS SETUP ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 11101111 Syntax SEARch lt x gt I2CBus SETup ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA Function Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search in hexadecimal notation Syntax SEARCh lt x gt 1I2CBus SETup ADATa BI
490. t the bit state that will be considered logical 1 Pos Positive logic Neg Negative logic Analysis Reference Point Select the analysis reference point from the following Trig Pos Sets the analysis reference position to the trigger position Manual Set the analysis reference position manually The selectable range is 5 00 divisions and the resolution is 0 01 divisions Byte No 0 in the analysis result list varies depending on the reference point position as follows A B C Reference Point Byte 3 Byte 4 i 1 Byte 1 Byte 2 I i A A A A Byte No 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 is No 1 byte 3 is No 2 and so on B Byte No 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 is No 1 byte 3 is No 2 and so on C Byte No 0 Byte 2 byte is No 1 byte 3 is No 1 and byte 4 is No 2 and so on Analysis Result Display Mode You can set the data display format to hexadecimal or ASCII For ASCII code names appear for control codes such as LF Data values that are greater than or equal to 7F appear in hexadecimal even if you select ASCII You can select whether or not to display data that are shorter than the specified byte space as one consolidated group data Byte space time Selectable From the time corresponding to the sum of the number of bits in the UART range signal data format and 2 bits to 100 ms The 2 bits above correspond to the start and stop bits For example if the data fo
491. t the pattern in the order of the data stream regardless of the bit order setting If you are setting the data in hexadecimal notation set the pattern in 4 bit segments according to the bit order setting MSB When the data stream is MSB first LSB When the data stream is LSB first Field Size You can set the field size It can be set to a value from 4 to 32 bits 5 28 IM 701310 51E 5 5 Searching SPI Bus Signals Enabled Bit Range You can specify the range of bits to enable within the field Enter the MSB in the box on the left and the LSB in the box on the right Only the enabled bits are searched Clock Idle Time If you set the CS source to None the DL9000 will treat the first rising or falling edge of the clock signal after the specified idle time has elapsed as the data start position If you select the Don t care check box search will start from the left of the screen regardless of the set idle time value Clock Signal Clock A S S lle Tirtig First or 4 x Data You can use a data pattern as a search condition e Comparison Condition The data search condition is met when the result of comparing the input signal pattern with the specified pattern meets the selected comparison condition True When the patterns match False When the patterns don t match e Comparison Start Position Set the comparison start position For example to start comp
492. t x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 33300 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See section 5 3 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP BRATE 83300 SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP BRATE gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP BRATE 83300 SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA Function Queries all settings related to the CAN bus signal search data Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG CONDITION TRUE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 255 00000E 00 DLC 8 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN 100101100101100001110100010100 1000010011010101111010111110111100 SIGN UNSIGN SEARch lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA BORDer Function Sets the byte order of the CAN bus signal search data or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA BORDer BIG LITTle SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup DATA BORDer lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA BORDER gt SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP DATA BORDER BIG Function Sets the ACK condition of the CAN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup ACK ACK ACKBoth DONTcare NONack SEARCh lt x gt CANBus SETup ACK lt x gt 1o0r2 Example SEARCH1 CANBUS SETUP ACK ACK SEARCH1 CANBUS SET UP ACK gt SEAR
493. ta R W Signal type ACK Acknowledge bit state For a description of these items see Detail Display e Detail Display No Analysis Number Negative numbers are assigned to frames before the analysis reference point and positive numbers are assigned to frames after the reference point The DL9000 can display the analysis result numbers from 19999 to 20000 up to 40000 data bytes Pressing the RESET key highlights data number zero S P Display the data condition S Start condition P Stop condition Time ms Displays the time from the trigger position to the head of the byte in milliseconds Binary Displays data in binary notation Hex Displays data in hexadecimal notation Form Indicates A for address and D for data R W Displays R for a read signal and W for a write signal ACK Displays 1 when an acknowledge bit is detected and 0 when it is not Info Display the data type 4 4 IM 701310 51E 4 1 Selecting the Serial Bus Signal and Displaying and Saving Analysis Results Simple display No S P Detail display S 246700 01110101 75 2 43100 10111100 BC P 2 39500 11101111 EF 1 28704 01010011 53 P 1 25104 10101001 A9 S 113904 10011101 9D 1 10304 00010000 10 1 06704 01001011 4B 0 00496 11111000 FS 0 04096 11101011 EB 0 07696 00100001 21 0 18896 10011101 9D o O Bn ne eee OO Au Pero ocoracaococr 7bit 2000D
494. tart position mode of the data of the I C bus 7 97 CBus DATA PMODe signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the data channel of the 1 C bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 97 CBus DATA SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the general call of the I C bus signal trigger 7 98 7 CBus GCAL1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general call of 7 98 o CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress the I2C bus signal trigger S TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the 1 C bus signal trigger 7 98 3 CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress HEXA in hexadecimal notation 2 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the 1 C bus signal trigger 7 98 A 2CBus GCAL1 BIT7maddress in binary notation or queries the current setting PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the second byte type of the general call of the I C bus signal trigger or 7 98 2CBus GCAL1 SBYTe Second Byte queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trigger mode of the I2C bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 98 CBus MODE setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the NON ACK ignore mode of the I2C bus 7 98 CBus NAIGnore signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets whether to ignore NO
495. tax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 to F and X TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 HEXA1 AB Syntax Example TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt Function Sets the data of the SPI bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced SPIBus DATA lt x gt PATTern lt x gt lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of lt PATTern x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 gt TRIGGER ENHANCED SPIBUS DATA1 PATTERN1 10101011 TRIGger ENHance
496. te Sample Point Trigger Level Hysteresis and Recessive Level 12 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the Source tab You can also press the Source soft key to select the tab Setting the Bit Rate and Sample Point 13 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the bit rate from 1Mbps to 33 3kbps If you select the User check box you will be able to set the bit rate from 10 0kbps to 1 000Mbps using the rotary knob and SET 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the sample point to a value from 18 8 to 90 6 Condition Source Rate Sample Bitrate ENTAR use Sample Point 62 5 Setting the Trigger Level Hysteresis and Recessive Level 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the source from CH1 to CH4 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis 17 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Recessive to H or L Condition Source Rate Sample Bitrate 500kbps C User Sample Point 62 5 Source Source ci D Level 0 00V Hys wz Recessive H L IM 701310 51E Bunbun el 3 2 Triggering on a CAN Bus Signal Explanation Mode This feature triggers on CAN bus signals For details on the CAN bus signal frame format see page 3 20 Set the CAN trigger mode to SOF Error Frame ID Std Data ID Ext Data or ID Data OR SOF Mode
497. ted for the SDA and SCL to H L or X On the DL9500 DL9700 Series if you selected Logic in step 11 select Qualification In the dialog box that appears use the rotary knob and SET to select H L or X When you are done setting the states press ESC to return to the previous screen Setting the Trigger Level and Hysteresis Set the trigger level and hysteresis if you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series and you selected Analog in step 11 or if you are using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Setup under Level Hys The Level Hys dialog box appears 17 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis for each source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series On the DL9500 DL9700 Series When Analog is selected in step 11 When Logic is selected in step 11 Condition Source Condition Source Condit
498. termined by the field size Field Size and the enabled bit range Enable MSB LSB There are two types of analysis result lists simple and detail The simple list displays the analysis number Data 1 Data 2 in hexadecimal notation and CS status for each byte The detail list displays the time from the trigger position the start and end positions of the active period and Data 1 Data 2 in binary notation in addition to the items displayed by the simple list The data of the detail list can be saved to an arbitrary storage medium in CSV format In addition you can select an arbitrary byte in the analysis result list and move the zoom position the center of the zoom box to the head of that byte Search gt For the procedure see section 5 5 This feature searches for data that matches a specific data pattern in the SPI bus signal data When the search is executed the zoom box moves to the data position where the conditions are met and the data is displayed expanded in the zoom window Zoom 1 or Zoomz2 Analysis and Search Example The table below indicates how the DL9000 analyzes or searches the signal shown in the figure below differently depending on the Field Size and Enable MSB LSB settings MSB LSB POG OR AL Be 2 he Data output signal Data1 1 1 0 O0 1 0 0 0 Data input signal Data2 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 Clock signal Clock m M m M M m M Chip select signal CS i 7 Ss P S start co
499. the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt LINBus lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 11 BRATE 19200 DATA BORDER BIG BNUM 8 CONDITION TRUE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 127 00000E 00 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 0 FRAMING 0 PARITY 0 SYNCH 0 TOUT 0 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN XXXXXX SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA REVISION LIN2_ 0 SPOINT 50 0E 00 TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup Function Queries all settings related to setup of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup lt x gt 1 or 2 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP BLENGTH 11 BRATE 19200 DATA BORDER BIG BNUM 8 CONDITION TRUE DATA1 0 0000000E 00 DATA2 127 00000E 00 MSBLSB 7 0 PATTERN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXK XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX SIGN SIGN SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ERROR CHECKSUM 0 FRAMING 0 PARITY 0 SYNCH 0 TOUT 0 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP ID PATTERN XXXXXX SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP MODE IDDATA REVISION LIN2_ 0 SPOINT 50 0E 00 TRACE 1 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup BLENgth Function Sets the LIN bus signal search break length or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup BLENgth lt NR gt SEARch lt x gt
500. the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress PATTern lt String gt 8 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa TYPE Function Sets the address type of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa TYPE BIT10address BIT7ADdress BIT7APsub TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus ADATa TYPE Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS TRIGGER ENHANCED 12CBUS ADATA TYPE gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT10ADDRESS fF TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus CLOCk Function IC bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus CLOCk Example TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS CLOCK gt TRIGGER ENHANCED I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE 1 TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus CLOCk SOURce Function Sets the clock channel of the IC bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced I2CBus
501. the UART bus signal search sample point or queries the current setting 7 78 SEARCh lt x gt UART TRACe Sets the UART bus signal search trace or queries the current setting 7 78 SERialbus Group SERialbus Queries all settings related to the serial bus setup 7 79 SERialbus SETup lt x gt Queries all settings related to each setup of the serial bus setup 7 79 SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup Cancels auto setup of the serial bus setup 7 79 ABORt SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup Executes auto setup of the serial bus setup 7 79 EXECute IM 701310 51E 7 11 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus SETup lt x gt ASETup UNDO Undoes the executed auto setup of the serial bus setup 7 80 SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Queries all settings related to the CAN bus setup 7 80 SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Sets the CAN bus setup bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current 7 80 BRATe setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Sets the CAN bus setup recessive level bus level or queries the current 7 80 RECessive setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Sets the CAN bus setup sample point or queries the current setting 7 80 SPOint SERialbus SETup lt x gt CANBus Sets the CAN bus setup trace or queries the current setting 7 80 TRACe SERialbus SETup lt x gt 12CBus Q
502. the User s Manual IM701331 01E e Hysteresis Set the hysteresis for CH1 to CH4 and M1 to M4 The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings 4 and 7 correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division Analysis Reference Point Select the analysis reference point from the following Trig Pos Sets the analysis reference position to the trigger position Manual Set the analysis reference position manually The selectable range is 5 00 divisions and the resolution is 0 01 divisions Byte No 0 in the analysis result list varies depending on the reference point position as follows A B C D Reference Point Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 4 al S Byte 5 Byte 6 1 A 1 i Eeo pa A Byte No 0 gt Byte 1 Byte 2 is No 1 byte 3 is No 2 and so on B Byte No 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 is No 1 byte 3 is No 2 and so on C Byte No 0 gt Byte 2 byte1 is No 1 byte 3 is No 1 and byte 4 is No 2 and so on D Byte No 0 Byte 5 byte1 is No 4 byte 4 is No 1 and byte 6 is No 1 and so on S Start condition P Stop condition 4 12 IM 701310 51E 4 3 Analyzing a CAN Bus Signal and Performing Stuff Bit Computation Procedure This section describes how to configure CAN bus signal analysis and stuff bit computation Performing Analysis 1 Carry out steps 1 to 4 in se
503. the bit rate from 10 0 kbps to 1 000 Mbps Press the Sample Point soft key Use the rotary knob to set the sample point from 18 8 to 90 6 Press ESC to return to the previous screen IM 701310 51E 4 3 Analyzing a CAN Bus Signal and Performing Stuff Bit Computation MAT 1 Source Bitrate dea Display 4 Source 4 Source lt 4 Bitrate lt 4 Bitrate OFF CHL CHL CHL 500kbps 1Mbps Select Katejarnpie 4 Rate Sample Bitrate REF MATH 500kbps Ghz 500kbps pookbes gt O 1 000Mbps 4 Operation Recessive Recessive Sample Point Sample Point Stuff Bit H L cnz H L 625 250kbps 625 lt gt Level Hys gt Level Hys gt gt Setup 1m CH4 1m 125kbps 0 6div 0 6div REFL REF4 83 3kbps 7 lt 4 Bitrate lath on History Sains Exec use Bitrate bo User gt f 1 0mbps Sampie POHL O 625 Setting the Bus Level 14 Press the Recessive soft key to select H or L 15 Press the Level Hys soft key 16 Use the rotary knob to set the reference level and hysteresis Press the soft key to select the setting that you want to set using the rotary knob 17 Press ESC to return to the previous screen lt 4 Source lt 4 Source cni CHi
504. the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA Sets the data of the logic I C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 133 HEXA lt x gt TRIGger LOGic I2CBus DATA MODE Enables disables the data conditions of the logic 1 C bus trigger or queries 7 133 the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA Sets the data of the IC bus trigger in binary notation or queries the current 7 133 PATTern lt x gt setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA Sets the pattern comparison start position mode of the data of the logic C 7 133 PMODe bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus DATA Sets the data trace of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting 7 133 SOURce TRIGger LOGic 12CBus GCAL1 Queries all settings related to the general call of the logic 12C bus trigger 7 134 TRIGger LOGic 12CBus GCAL1 Queries all settings related to the 7 bit master address of the general code of 7 134 BIT7maddress the logic C bus trigger TRIGger LOGic 12CBus GCAL1 Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 134 BIT7maddress HEXA in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic 12CBus GCAL1 Sets the 7 bit master address of the general call of the logic 1 C bus trigger 7 134 BIT7maddress PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus GCAL1 Sets the second byte type of the general call of the logic IC bus trigger or 7 134 SBYTe Second Byte queries the current settin
505. the internal clock and detects the point of level change Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the reciprocal of the set bit rate See the illustration on page 3 19 Format You can select the format from the following 8bit Parity 8 bit data parity bit 7bit Parity 7 bit data parity bit 8bit NonParity 8 bit data with no parity bit Source You can select the source On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from CH1 to CH4 from M1 to M4 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV Ifthe source is set to a logic signal from AO to D7 the level is the threshold level that you set according to the instructions in section 5 18 of the User s Manual IM701331 01E e Hysteresis The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings 4 and 7 correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 divi
506. the second lt NRf gt Syntax Example MATH lt x gt SBIT Function Queries all settings related to the stuff bit computation Syntax MATH lt x gt SBIT lt x gt 1 to 4 Example MATH1 SBIT gt MATH1 SBIT BRATE 1000000 HYSTERESIS 600 000E 03 LEVEL 0 0000000E 00 RECESSIVE HIGH MATH lt x gt SBIT BRATe Function Sets the bit rate data transfer rate of the stuff bit computation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SBIT BRATe lt NRf gt USER lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt SBIT BRATe lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 83300 125000 250000 500000 1000000 lt NRf gt of USER See section 4 3 MATH1 SBIT BRATE 83300 MATH1 SBIT BRATE Syntax Example gt MATH1 SBIT BRATE 83300 MATH lt x gt SBIT HISTory ABORt Function Cancels history computation for stuff bit computation Syntax MATH lt x gt SBIT HISTory ABORt lt x gt 1 4 Example MATH1 SBIT HISTORY ABORT MATH lt x gt SBIT HISTory EXECute Function Executes history computation for stuff bit computation Syntax MATH lt x gt SBIT HISTory EXECute lt x gt 1 4 Example MATH1 SBIT HISTORY EXECUTE MATH lt x gt SBIT HYSTeresis Function Sets the hysteresis of the stuff bit computation or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt SBIT HySTeresis lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt SBIT HYSTeresis lt x gt 1 to 4 lt NRf gt 0 to 4 div MATH1 SBIT HYSTERESIS 1 Syntax Example MATH1 SBIT HYSTER
507. the status is recessive ACK When the status is dominant NON ACK or ACK When the status is recessive or dominant Bit Rate Sample Point Level Hysteresis and Recessive Level Bit Rate You can select the CAN bus signal transfer rate from the following 1 Mbps 500 kbps 250 kbps 125 kbps 83 3 kbps and 33 3 kbps If you select the User check box you can set the transfer rate from 10 0 kbps to 1 000 Mbps in 0 1 kbps steps Sample Point You can set the point for determining the bus level recessive or dominant from 18 8 to 90 6 in 3 1 steps The DL9000 CAN bus signal trigger circuit samples the input CAN bus signal using the internal clock and detects the point of change from recessive to dominant Taking the detected point of change to be 0 and the point that is bit time after the point of change to be 100 you set the sample point in percentage The bit time is the reciprocal of the set bit rate See the illustration on page 3 19 Source Select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Level Set the level for determining whether the signal level is 0 or 1 The selectable range is 10 divisions from the vertical position The resolution is 0 01 divisions For example if the T div setting is 2 mV division the resolution is 0 02 mV e Hysteresis The selectable range is from 0 0 to 4 0 divisions The resolution is 0 1 divisions Trigger hysteresis settings 4 and 7 correspond to 0 6 divisions and 1 0 division e Re
508. tin ia eats en eae a ed ae 7 43 74 SEARCH Group wiisch einer deste deities 7 44 7 5 SER albus Group tecsveessc crave naa aea ed pe eats tanita ett 7 79 7 6 MIRIGQOSP Grow py cs fis Sos cevesde ceca TEA ATT 7 85 IM 701310 51E Contents Chapter 8 Specifications Index 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 FG Bus SignalANalySis aat sc fect latei2 t Ate heer edi et nes dtsie ita ene tae ha 8 1 CAN Bus SignalsAnalysi e ade dade neti hig es he choeh ranean a RE A EAE EE 8 2 LIN Bus Signal AnalySis c ccccceececeececeeeceeeeaeceeeeeeceeeeceeeeeeaaeeeeeseseaaeeeeeesecaeaeeeesenseaeees 8 3 SPI Bus Signal AmalySis sssri eee aeien iiidid teed scueactterste ladies eevectueeteseaiee 8 4 UART Sighal AnalysiSisanc2te i e hs ees eevee en aaaea a eda needs 8 5 IM 701310 51E Chapter 1 1 1 Overview of the Serial Bus Signal Analysis I C Bus Signal I C Bus is an abbreviation for Integrated Circuit Bus It is a bidirectional bus for connecting ICs By using this feature you will be able to analyze data while displaying 1 C Bus signal waveforms The I2C bus signal analysis feature consists of the following three main features Trigger gt For the procedure see section 3 1 Analysis A trigger can be activated under the following conditions e When a start condition is detected e When a Nack is detected When the specified address pattern 7 bit address 7 bit address sub address or 10 bit address is met Whe
509. to 90 6 Condition Source Rate Sample Bitrate EQ user Sample Point 62 5 Setting the Level Hysteresis and Recessive Level 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the level and hysteresis 17 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Recessive to H or L Condition Source Rate Sample Bitrate 500kbps _ User Sample Point 62 5 Source Source ci D Level 0 00V Hys 0 3div Recessive H L Executing the Search Carry out steps 6 to 14 in section 5 1 IM 701310 51E 5 3 Searching CAN Bus Signals Explanation Modes This feature searches CAN bus signals For details on the CAN bus signal frame format see Explanation in section 3 2 Set the CAN search mode to SOF Error Frame ID Std Data and ID Ext Data SOF Mode Searches for the frame start point of a CAN bus signal SOF Start of Frame Error Frame Mode The DL9000 searches for the point of error when the error frame s error flag is active ID Std Data and ID Ext Data Modes ID Std Data mode is used to search the data frame or remote frame in standard format ID Ext Data mode is used to search the data frame or remote frame in extended format The DL9000 searches using the AND logic of ID Frame
510. tomated measured value of the specified analysis number in 7 37 LIST VALue the analysis result list of the serial bus signal analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the serial bus signal analysis mode or queries the current setting 7 37 MODE ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the analysis reference point of the serial bus signal analysis or queries 7 37 RPOint the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal analysis 7 37 SPIBus ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal 7 37 SPIBus CLOCk analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or 7 38 SPIBus CLOCk POLarity queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 38 SPIBus CLOCk SOURce setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal 7 38 SPIBus CS analysis ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal analysis 7 38 SPIBus CS ACTive or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the 7 38 SPIBus CS TRACe current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANAL
511. trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 95 CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess _ the I C bus signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the IC bus signal trigger 7 95 2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess in hexadecimal notation HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 95 2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess in binary notation or queries the current setting PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 95 2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub the I C bus signal trigger SADDress TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 95 2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub in hexadecimal notation SADDress HEXA IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal trigger 7 95 2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub in binary notation or queries the current setting SADDress PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the address type of the I2C bus signal tri
512. trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition FALSe TRUE TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt 5 CONDition lt x gt 10r2 Example TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATAI1 CONDITION FALSE TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 CONDITION FALSE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition Function Sets the pattern comparison start position of the data of the logic SPI bus trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt NRf gt TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt DPOSition lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 0 to 9999 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION gt TRIGGER LOGIC SPIBUS DATA1 DPOSITION 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example IM 701310 51E 7 137 spuewwoy uolnesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt Function Sets the data of the logic SPI bus trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger LOGic SPIBus DATA lt x gt HEXA lt x gt lt String gt lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of HEXA lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 2 characters by combining 0 t
513. ts the LIN bus signal analysis revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus REVision BOTH LIN1_3 LIN2_0 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus REVision lt x gt 1 or 2 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS REVISION LIN1 3 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS REVISION gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS REVISION LIN1_ 3 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus SPOint Function Sets the LIN bus signal analysis sample point or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus SPOint lt NR gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus SPOint lt x gt 10r2 lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS SPOINT 18 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS SPOINT gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS SPOINT 18 8E 00 ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus TRACe Function Sets the LIN bus signal analysis trace or queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus TRACe lt NR gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LINBus TRACe lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt 1 8 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS TRACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE LINBUS TRACE 1 Syntax Example ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze LIST Function Queries all settings r
514. ts the UART bus signal trigger sample point or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced UART SPOint lt NR gt TRIGger ENHanced UART SPOint lt NRf gt 18 8 to 90 6 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED UART SPOINT 18 8 TRIGGER ENHANCED UART SPOINT gt TRIGGER ENHANCED UART SPOINT 18 8E 00 TRIGger LOGic I2CBus Function Queries all settings related to the logic I C bus trigger Syntax TRIGger LOGic I2CBus Example TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS gt TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BITLOADDRESS PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7ADDRESS PATTERN 11011110 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB ADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA BIT7APSUB SADDRESS PATTERN 10101011 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS ADATA TYPE BIT1OADDRESS TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS CLOCK SOURCE A0 TRIGGER LOGIC 1I2CBUS DATA BYTE 1 CONDITION FALSE DPOSITION 1 MODE 1 PATTERN1 10101011 PATTERN2 XXXXXXXX PATTERN3 XXXXXXXX PATTERN4 XXXXXXXX PMODE DONTCARE SOURCE AO TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS GCALL BIT7MADDRESS PATTERN 1010101 TRIGGER LOGIC 12CBUS GCALL SBYTE BIT7MADDRESS TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS MODE ADATA NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 RACCESS 1 SBYTE 1 TRIGGER LOGIC I2CBUS SBHSMODE TYPE HSMODE Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L
515. tting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup NAIGnore HSMode lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore HSMode lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE HSMODE 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup NAIGnore RACCess Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in read access mode of the logic IC bus signal search or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBus SETup NAIGnore RACCess lt Boolean gt SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup NAIGnore RACCess lt x gt 1o0r2 SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE RACCESS ON SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE RACCESS gt SEARCH1 SLOGIC I2CBUS SETUP NAIGNORE RACCESS 1 Description This command can be applied to the DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Example 7 62 IM 701310 51E 7 4 SEARch Group SEARch lt x gt SLOGic I2CBus SETup NAIGnore SBYTe Start Byte Function Sets whether to ignore NON ACK in the start byte of the I C bus trigger or queries the current setting Syntax SEARCh lt x gt SLOGic 1I12CBus SETup NAIGnore SBYTe lt Boolean gt SEARch lt x gt SLOGic 1I2CBu
516. tting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Queries all settings related to the ID of each standard format of the OR 7 119 lt x gt IDSTd condition of the CAN bus signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 119 lt x gt IDSTd HEXA signal trigger in hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 120 lt x gt IDSTd PATTern signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Enables or disables each condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 120 lt x gt MODE signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR Sets each RTR of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries 7 120 lt x gt RTR the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd Queries all settings related to the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus 7 120 signal trigger TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in 7 120 HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDSTd Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary 7 120 PATTern notation or queries the current setting TRIGger ENHanced CANBus MODE Sets the CAN bus signal trigger mode or queries the current setting 7 120 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus sign
517. ture type or queries the current setting ANALysis TYPE lt x gt AHIStogram FFT SBUS WPARameter XY ANALysis TYPE lt x gt lt x gt 10r2 ANALYSIS TYPE1 AHISTOGRAM ANALYSIS TYPE1 gt ANALYSIS TYPE1 AHISTOGRAM Description HARMonics LSBus can be applied to DL9505L DL9510L DL9705L and DL9710L Syntax Example Function Sets the UART bus signal analysis trace or queries the current setting Syntax ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART TRACe lt NRf gt ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze UART TRACe lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 8 Example ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART TRACE 1 ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART TRACE gt ANALYSIS SBUS1 ANALYZE UART TRACE 1 7 42 IM 701310 51E 7 3 MATH Group MATH lt x gt OPERation Function Sets the operator or queries the current setting MATH lt x gt OPERation ECOunt FILTer INTegral MINus MULTiple PLUS RCOunt SBIT lt NRf gt lt NRf gt MATH lt x gt OPERation lt x gt 1 to 8 lt x gt 1 to 4 only when you select SBIT lt NRf gt 1 to 4 MATH1 OPERATION FILTER 1 MATH1 OPERATION gt MATH1 OPERATION FILTER 1 Description For unary operators ECOunt FILTer INTegrall SBIT select the target waveform using the first lt NRf gt For binary operators MINus MULTiple PLUS RCOunt select the target waveform of the first term using the first lt NRf gt and the target waveform of the second term using
518. tures DL9500 DL9700 Series IM 701331 01E Explains all features and procedures of Digital Oscilloscope the DL9500 DL9700 Series excluding the User s Manual communication features DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series IM 701310 17E Explains the communication interface Digital Oscilloscope features of the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Communication Interface User s Manual Series in CD DL9500 DL9700 Series IM 701331 17E Explains the communication interface Digital Oscilloscope features of the DL9500 DL9700 Series Communication Interface User s Manual in CD DL9000 Series Digital Oscilloscope IM701310 61E Explains the operating procedures of the SB5000 Series Vehicle Serial Bus Analyzer optional power supply analysis feature Power Supply Analysis Function User s Manual e This manual IM 701310 51E 7th Edition applies to DL9000 Series digital oscilloscope with firmware version 4 40 or later If the most recent firmware version is not running on your DL9000 Series not all of the features described in this manual can be used You can check the firmware version of your DL9000 Series on the overview screen For instructions on how to open the overview screen see section 18 4 in the User s Manual IM 701310 01E or IM 701331 01E To upgrade to the latest firmware version go to the following Web page and then browse to the download page http tmi yokogawa com service support downloads The contents of this manual are subject to change without
519. ub address of 7 101 LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub the logic I C bus trigger ADDRess TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 102 LOGic I12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub in hexadecimal notation ADDRess HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 102 LOGic I12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub in binary notation or queries the current setting ADDRess PATTern TRIGger EINTerva ENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 102 LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub the logic I C bus trigger SADDress TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 102 LOGic 12CBus ADATa BIT7APsub in hexadecimal notation SADDress HEXA TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I2C bus trigger 7 102 LOGic I2CBus ADATa BIT7APsub in binary notation or queries the current setting SADDress PATTern TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the address type of the logic IC bus trigger or queries the current 7 103 LOGic 12CBus ADATa TYPE setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the clock of the logic I C bus trigger 7 103 LOGic 12CBus CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the clock trace of the logic I C bus trigger or queries the current setting
520. ueries all settings related to the 12C bus setup 7 80 SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus Sets the I2C bus setup clock channel or queries the current setting 7 80 CLOCk SERialbus SETup lt x gt I2CBus Sets the I2C bus signal analysis data channel or queries the current setting 7 80 DTRace SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Queries all settings related to the LIN bus setup 7 81 SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Sets the LIN bus setup bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current 7 81 BRATe setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Sets the LIN bus setup revision 1 3 2 0 or Both or queries the current 7 81 REVision setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Sets the LIN bus setup sample point or queries the current setting 7 81 SPOint SERialbus SETup lt x gt LINBus Sets the LIN bus setup trace or queries the current setting 7 81 TRACe SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Queries all settings related to the SPI bus setup 7 81 SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Sets the SPI bus setup bit order or queries the current setting 7 81 BITorder SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Queries all settings related to the channel of the clock signal of the SPI bus 7 81 CLOCk setup SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Sets the polarity of the channel of the clock signal of the SPI bus setup 7 82 CLOCk POLarity SERialbus SETup lt x gt SPIBus Sets the channel of the clock signal of the SPI bus setup or queries the
521. ueries all settings related to the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 111 SPIBus CLOCk TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the polarity of the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries 7 112 SPIBus CLOCk POLarity the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the clock channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 112 SPIBus CLOCk SOURce setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal 7 112 SPIBus CS trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the active level of the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 112 SPIBus CS ACTive or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the 7 112 SPIBus CS SOURce current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal trigger 7 112 SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the number of bytes of the data of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries 7 113 SPIBus DATA lt x gt BYTE the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the SPI 7 113 SPIBus DATA lt x gt CONDition bus signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the pattern comparison start position of the dat
522. ueries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CS ACTive HIGH Low TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus Cs ACTive lt x gt 1o0r2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS ACTIVE HIGH TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CS SOURce Function Sets the chip select channel of the SPI bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus CS SOURce lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus Cs SOURce lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS SOURCE 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS SOURCE gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS CS SOURCE 1 TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt Function Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal trigger Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt SPIBus DATA lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 gt TRIGGER E INTERVAL EVENT1 SPIBUS DATA1 BYTE 1 CONDITION TRUE DPOSITION 1 PATTERN1 00010010 PATTERN2 00110100 PATTERN3 01010110 PATTERN4 00010010 SOURCE 3 Description DATA2 is valid when TRIGger EINTerval EVE
523. umber Negative numbers are assigned to frames before the analysis reference point and positive numbers are assigned to frames after the reference point The DL9000 can display the analysis result numbers from 1499 to 1500 up to 3000 frames Pressing the RESET key highlights frame number zero Simple display No Frame ID 1i Data 100 Frame Displays the frame type The DL9000 can analyze the following four frame types data frame remote frame error frame and overload frame Time ms Displays the time from the trigger position to the head of the frame in milliseconds ID Displays the 11 bit standard format ID value or the 29 bit extended format ID value in hexadecimal notation DLC Displays the effective number of bytes in hexadecimal notation Data Bin Displays data in binary notation when the frame type is data Each byte is displayed in a separate line Data Displays data in hexadecimal notation when the frame type is data Each byte is displayed in a separate line CRC Displays the CRC sequence in hexadecimal notation when the frame type is data or remote Ack Displays Y when an ACK bit is detected and N when it is not WINDOW I Data Acl Detail display BE boat FE No Frame Timetms ID DLC DataBin Data CRC Ac ne y 0 Data 0 001267 012 1 11111110 2263 Y 1 Data 0 608749 100 3 11111111 FF 00000001 oi 10100100 Decoded Field Display Decodes each field value and displays
524. up DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt of SEARch lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 5 4 Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 1 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 gt SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Description e For SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA CONDition GTHan set using SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA DATA1 e For SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA CONDition LTHan set using SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA DATA2 For SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA CONDition BETWeen ORANge set small values with SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA DATA1 and large values with SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA DATA2 SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA HEXA Function Sets the LIN bus signal search data in hexadecimal Syntax SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA HEXA lt string gt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt string gt Combination of up to 16 hex characters 0 F and X changed with the BNUM setting Example SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA HEXA 3B SEARch lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA MSBLsb Function Sets the MSB LSB bit of the LIN bus signal search or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA MSBLsb lt NRf gt lt NRf gt SEARCh lt x gt LINBus SETup DATA MSBLsb lt x gt 1o0r2 lt NRf gt See section 5 4 SEARCH1 LINBUS SETUP DATA MSBLSB
525. up Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search 7 49 ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I2C bus signal search 7 49 ADATa BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 49 ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress the I C bus signal search SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search 7 49 ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress HEXA in hexadecimal notation SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup Sets the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of the I C bus signal search 7 50 ADATa BIT7APsub SADDress in binary notation or queries the current setting PATTern SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup Sets the address type of the 1 C bus signal search or queries the current 7 50 ADATa TYPE setting SEARCh lt x gt 12CBus SETup DATA Queries all settings related to the data of the I2C bus signal search 7 50 SEARCh lt x gt I2CBus SETup DATA Sets the number of data bytes of the IC bus signal search or queries the 7 50 BYTE current setting SEARch lt x gt 12C Bus SETup DATA Sets the determination method match or not match of the data of the 1 C 7 50 CONDition bus signal search or queries the current s
526. up lt x gt TRACe lt x gt Sets the threshold level of each trace or queries the current setting 7 83 LEVel SERialbus SETup lt x gt TYPE Sets the serial bus setup type or queries the current setting 7 83 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART Queries all settings related to the UART bus setup 7 83 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART Sets the UART bus setup bit order or queries the current setting 7 84 BITorder SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART BRATe Sets the UART bus setup bit rate data transfer rate or queries the current 7 84 setting SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART FORMat Sets the UART bus setup data format or queries the current setting 7 84 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART PMODe Sets the UART bus setup Parity mode or queries the current setting 7 84 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART Sets the UART bus setup polarity or queries the current setting 7 84 POLarity 7 12 IM 701310 51E 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART SPOint Sets the UART bus setup sample point or queries the current setting 7 84 SERialbus SETup lt x gt UART TRACe Sets the UART bus setup trace or queries the current setting 7 84 SERialbus TLINk Sets the serial bus setup trigger link or queries the current setting 7 84 TRIGger Group TRIGger EINTerval EVENt
527. us IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 00011111101 Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd HEXA Function Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in hexadecimal notation Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd HEXA lt String gt lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 3 characters by combining 0 to F and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD HEXA 5DF IM 701310 51E 7 119 bas spuewwoy uoljesunwwo 7 6 TRIGger Group TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd PATTern Function Sets the ID of each standard format of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd PATTern lt String gt TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd PATTern lt x gt 1 to 4 lt String gt 11 characters by combining 0 1 and X Example TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN gt TRIGGER ENHANCED CANBUS IDOR ID1 IDSTD PATTERN 10111011111 TRIGger ENHanced CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MODE Function Enables or disables each condition of the OR con
528. us IDOR ID lt x gt IDSTd PATTern _ signal trigger in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Enables or disables each condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 91 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt MODE signal trigger or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets each RTR of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries 7 92 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt RTR the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus 7 92 CANBus IDSTd signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in 7 92 CANBus IDSTd HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of the standard format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary 7 92 CANBus IDSTd PATTern notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the CAN bus signal trigger mode or queries the current setting 7 92 CANBus MODE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the recessive level bus level of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries 7 92 CANBus RECessive the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the RTR of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting 7 93 CANBus RTR TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the trigger source of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current 7 93 CANBus SOURce s
529. us signal trigger data in binary notation or queries the current 7 87 CANBus DATA PATTern setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the sign of the CAN bus signal trigger data or queries the current 7 87 CANBus DATA SIGN setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus 7 87 CANBus IDEXt signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in 7 87 CANBus IDEXt HEXA hexadecimal notation TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets the ID of the extended format of the CAN bus signal trigger in binary 7 88 CANBus IDEXt PATTern notation or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger 7 88 CANBus IDOR TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to each ID of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 88 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets each ACK condition of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger 7 88 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt ACK or queries the current setting TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Queries all settings related to each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus 7 89 CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA signal trigger TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt Sets byte order of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signa
530. us trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 130 BIT10address HEXA TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the 10 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger in binary notation or 7 130 BIT10address PATTern queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 130 BIT 7ADdress TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the logic 1 C bus trigger in hexadecimal notation 7 130 BIT 7ADdress HEXA TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the logic I2C bus trigger in binary notation or queries 7 131 BIT7ADdress PATTern the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 7 bit Sub address of the logic IC bus 7 131 BIT7APsub trigger TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 131 BIT7APsub ADDRess the logic I C bus trigger TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 131 BIT7APsub ADDRess HEXA in hexadecimal notation TRIGger LOGic I2CBus ADATa Sets the 7 bit address of the 7 bit Sub address of the logic I C bus trigger 7 131 BIT7APsub ADDRess PATTern in binary notation or queries the current setting TRIGger LOGic 12CBus ADATa Queries all settings related to the Sub address of the 7 bit Sub address of 7 131 BIT7APsub SADDress the logic C bus trigger IM 70131
531. x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition BETWeen DONTcare FALSe GTHan LTHan ORANge TRUE TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA CONDITION gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA CONDITION BETWEEN TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt Function Sets comparison data of each data of the OR condition of the CAN bus signal trigger or queries the current setting Syntax TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt lt NRf gt TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA lt x gt lt x gt of EVENt lt x gt 1 or 2 lt x gt of ID lt x gt 1 to 4 lt x gt of DATA lt x gt 1 or 2 lt NRf gt See section 3 2 Example TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DATA1 1 TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DATA1 gt TRIGGER EINTERVAL EVENT1 CANBUS IDOR ID1 DATA DATA1 1 0000000E 00 Descriptions Use TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA DATA1 when TRIGger EINTerval EVENt lt x gt CANBus IDOR ID lt x gt DATA CONDition GTHan is specified e Use TRIGger
532. y Hys zw Source cha M Data 2 S Level Hys Data 1 CH3 Level Hys ________ Source al H Setup Level 0 00 F Setup Hys x Data 2 CH4 Level 0 00 Hys z If you selected 3 wire in step 4 on the previous page one data item will appear because there is only one data source 3 24 IM 701310 51E 3 4 Triggering on a SPI Bus Signal Explanation This feature triggers on SPI bus signals The following figure shows the SPI bus signal timing chart cs J Low Active Clock LIL oe TRRA Galas 4 5 6 Position Wiring System Select the wiring system from the following Three wire The DL9000 triggers on the data pattern condition of one data line Four wire can also use one of the two data lines as a trigger condition The DL9000 triggers on the data pattern conditions of Data 1 and Data 2 lines You Bit Order You can select the bit order based on the data stream If you are setting the data in binary notation set the pattern in the order of the data stream regardless of the bit order setting If you are setting the data in hexadecimal notation set the pattern in 4 bit segments according to the bit order setting MSB When the data stream is MSB first LSB When the data stream is LSB first Data You can use a data pattern as a trigger condition Comparison Condition The data trigg
533. y knob and SET to select the clock source e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 10 select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 10 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 14 Use the rotary knob and SET to set the polarity to f or 4 e Setting the Data Source 15 Use the rotary knob and SET to select the data source e If you select 4 wire in step 4 on the previous page select the source for Data1 and Data 2 separately e On the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 On the DL9500 DL9700 Series e If you selected Analog in step 10 on the previous page select the source from CH1 to CH4 or from M1 to M4 e Ifyou selected Logic in step 10 select the source from AO to A7 from BO to B7 from CO to C7 or from DO to D7 from AO to A7 or from CO to C7 on the DL9505L DL9510L 16 Use the rotary knob and SET to set Active to H or L IM 701310 51E 4 21 4 5 Analyzing a SPI Bus Signal Setting the Level and Hysteresis Set the level and hysteresis if you are using the DL9500 DL9700 Series and you selected Analog in step 10 or if you are using the DL9040 DL9140 DL9240 Series 17 Use the rotary knob and SET to select Setup under Level Hys
534. yze Queries all settings related to the data of the SPI bus signal analysis 7 38 SPIBus DATA lt x gt IM 701310 51E 7 3 7 1 List of Commands Command Function Page ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the active level of the data of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the 7 39 SPIBus DATA lt x gt ACTive current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the data channel of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 39 SPIBus DATA lt x gt TRACe setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Queries all settings related to the SPI bus signal analysis setup 7 39 SPIBus SETup ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the bit order of the SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 39 SPIBus SETup BITorder setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the enabled range of the field used for SPI bus signal analysis or 7 39 SPIBus SETup EMSBLSB queries the current setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the field size used for SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 39 SPIBus SETup FSIZe setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the idle time used in SPI bus signal analysis or queries the current 7 40 SPIBus SETup ITIMe setting ANALysis SBUS lt x gt ANALyze Sets the wi
Download Pdf Manuals
Related Search